huwcampbell.com
Reactos
1
2MessageIdTypedef=DWORD
3
4SeverityNames=(Success=0x0:STATUS_SEVERITY_SUCCESS
5 Informational=0x1:STATUS_SEVERITY_INFORMATIONAL
6 Warning=0x2:STATUS_SEVERITY_WARNING
7 Error=0x3:STATUS_SEVERITY_ERROR
8 )
9
10FacilityNames=(System=0x0:FACILITY_SYSTEM
11 )
12
13LanguageNames=(English=0x409:MSG00409
14 German=0x407:MSG00407
15 Polish=0x415:MSG00415
16 Portugese=0x816:MSG00416
17 Romanian=0x418:MSG00418
18 Russian=0x419:MSG00419
19 Albanian=0x41C:MSG0041C
20 Turkish=0x41F:MSG0041F
21 Chinese=0x804:MSG00804
22 Taiwanese=0x404:MSG00404
23 )
24
25
26MessageId=10000
27SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_ACTIVE
28Severity=Informational
29Facility=System
30Language=English
31 On disks with master boot record (MBR) disk formatting, marks
32 the partition with focus as active.
33
34Syntax: ACTIVE
35
36 Writes a value to the disk which is read by the basic input/output
37 system (BIOS) at boot. This value specifies that the partition is
38 a valid system partition.
39
40 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
41
42 Caution:
43
44 DiskPart verifies only that the partition is capable of containing the
45 operating system startup files. DiskPart does not check the contents of
46 the partition. If you mistakenly mark a partition as active and it does
47 not contain the operating system startup files, your computer might not
48 start.
49
50Example:
51
52 ACTIVE
53.
54Language=German
55 Markiert auf Datenträgern mit MBR-Datenträgerformat (Master Boot
56 Record) die Partition, die den Fokus hat, als aktive Partition.
57
58Syntax: ACTIVE
59
60 Schreibt einen Wert auf den Datenträger, der Beim Start vom BIOS
61 (Basic Input/Output System) gelesen wird. Durch diesen Wert wird
62 angegeben, dass die Partition eine gültige Systempartition ist.
63
64 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss eine
65 Partition ausgewählt sein.
66
67 Vorsicht:
68
69 DiskPart überprüft nur, ob die Partition in der Lage ist, die
70 Startdateien des Betriebssystems aufzunehmen. Der Inhalt der Partition
71 wird hierbei nicht überprüft. Falls versehentlich eine Partition als
72 aktiv markiert wird, die nicht die Startdateien des Betriebssystems
73 enthält, kann der Computer möglicherweise nicht gestartet werden.
74
75Beispiel:
76
77 ACTIVE
78.
79Language=Polish
80 Na dyskach zawierających formatowanie z głównym rekordem rozruchowym
81 (MBR) oznacza partycję, na której jest ustawiony fokus, jako aktywną.
82
83Składnia: ACTIVE
84
85 Zapisuje na dysku wartość odczytywaną podczas rozruchu przez podstawowy
86 system wejścia/wyjścia (BIOS). Ta wartość oznacza, że dana partycja jest
87 prawidłową partycją systemową.
88
89 Aby ta operacja powiodła się, partycja musi być wybrana.
90
91 Uwaga:
92
93 Program DiskPart sprawdza tylko, czy partycja może zawierać pliki
94 startowe systemu operacyjnego. Program DiskPart nie sprawdza zawartości
95 partycji. Jeśli przez pomyłkę jako aktywna zostanie oznaczona partycja
96 niezawierająca plików startowych systemu operacyjnego, komputer może się
97 nie uruchomić.
98
99Przykład:
100
101 ACTIVE
102.
103Language=Portugese
104 On disks with master boot record (MBR) disk formatting, marks
105 the partition with focus as active.
106
107Syntax: ACTIVE
108
109 Writes a value to the disk which is read by the basic input/output
110 system (BIOS) at boot. This value specifies that the partition is
111 a valid system partition.
112
113 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
114
115 Caution:
116
117 DiskPart verifies only that the partition is capable of containing the
118 operating system startup files. DiskPart does not check the contents of
119 the partition. If you mistakenly mark a partition as active and it does
120 not contain the operating system startup files, your computer might not
121 start.
122
123Example:
124
125 ACTIVE
126.
127Language=Romanian
128 Pe discurile cu Registrul principal de inițializare (MBR) formatarea
129 discului marchează partiția în cauză ca activă.
130
131Sintaxă: ACTIVE
132
133 Scrie o valoare pe disc care este citită de Sistemul de
134 intrare/ieșire de bază (BIOS) la inițializare. Această valoare specifică
135 faptul că partiția este o partiție de sistem validă.
136
137 O partiție trebuie să fie selectată pentru această operațiune să fie cu
138 succes.
139
140 Atenție:
141
142 DiskPart doar verifică dacă partiția este capabilă să conțină fișierele
143 de pornire ale sistemului de operare. DiskPart nu verifică coținutul
144 partiției. Dacă ați marcat în mod eronat o partiție ca activă și nu
145 conține fișierele de pornire ale sistemului de operare, calculatorul
146 dumneavostră ar putea să nu pornească.
147
148De exemplu:
149
150 ACTIVE
151.
152Language=Russian
153 On disks with master boot record (MBR) disk formatting, marks
154 the partition with focus as active.
155
156Syntax: ACTIVE
157
158 Writes a value to the disk which is read by the basic input/output
159 system (BIOS) at boot. This value specifies that the partition is
160 a valid system partition.
161
162 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
163
164 Caution:
165
166 DiskPart verifies only that the partition is capable of containing the
167 operating system startup files. DiskPart does not check the contents of
168 the partition. If you mistakenly mark a partition as active and it does
169 not contain the operating system startup files, your computer might not
170 start.
171
172Example:
173
174 ACTIVE
175.
176Language=Albanian
177 On disks with master boot record (MBR) disk formatting, marks
178 the partition with focus as active.
179
180Syntax: ACTIVE
181
182 Writes a value to the disk which is read by the basic input/output
183 system (BIOS) at boot. This value specifies that the partition is
184 a valid system partition.
185
186 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
187
188 Caution:
189
190 DiskPart verifies only that the partition is capable of containing the
191 operating system startup files. DiskPart does not check the contents of
192 the partition. If you mistakenly mark a partition as active and it does
193 not contain the operating system startup files, your computer might not
194 start.
195
196Example:
197
198 ACTIVE
199.
200Language=Turkish
201 On disks with master boot record (MBR) disk formatting, marks
202 the partition with focus as active.
203
204Syntax: ACTIVE
205
206 Writes a value to the disk which is read by the basic input/output
207 system (BIOS) at boot. This value specifies that the partition is
208 a valid system partition.
209
210 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
211
212 Caution:
213
214 DiskPart verifies only that the partition is capable of containing the
215 operating system startup files. DiskPart does not check the contents of
216 the partition. If you mistakenly mark a partition as active and it does
217 not contain the operating system startup files, your computer might not
218 start.
219
220Example:
221
222 ACTIVE
223.
224Language=Chinese
225 On disks with master boot record (MBR) disk formatting, marks
226 the partition with focus as active.
227
228Syntax: ACTIVE
229
230 Writes a value to the disk which is read by the basic input/output
231 system (BIOS) at boot. This value specifies that the partition is
232 a valid system partition.
233
234 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
235
236 Caution:
237
238 DiskPart verifies only that the partition is capable of containing the
239 operating system startup files. DiskPart does not check the contents of
240 the partition. If you mistakenly mark a partition as active and it does
241 not contain the operating system startup files, your computer might not
242 start.
243
244Example:
245
246 ACTIVE
247.
248Language=Taiwanese
249 在具有主開機記錄 (MBR) 磁碟格式的磁碟上，
250 將已選擇的磁碟分割標示為使用中。
251
252語法: ACTIVE
253
254 寫入值到磁碟，而該磁碟會在開機時由基本輸入/輸出系統 (BIOS) 讀取。
255 這個值會指定磁碟分割為有效的系統磁碟分割。
256
257 您必須先選擇磁碟分割，才能完成這個操作。
258
259 注意:
260
261 DiskPart 只會檢查該磁碟分割是否可以包含作業系統的啟動檔案。
262 DiskPart 不會檢查該磁碟分割的內容。
263 如果您錯誤地將未包含作業系統的啟動檔案的磁碟分割標示為使用中，
264 您的電腦可能會無法啟動。
265
266範例:
267
268 ACTIVE
269.
270
271
272MessageId=10001
273SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_ADD
274Severity=Informational
275Facility=System
276Language=English
277<Add ADD command help text here>
278.
279Language=German
280<Add ADD command help text here>
281.
282Language=Polish
283<Add ADD command help text here>
284.
285Language=Portugese
286<Add ADD command help text here>
287.
288Language=Romanian
289<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda ADD>
290.
291Language=Russian
292<Add ADD command help text here>
293.
294Language=Albanian
295<Add ADD command help text here>
296.
297Language=Turkish
298<Add ADD command help text here>
299.
300Language=Chinese
301<Add ADD command help text here>
302.
303Language=Taiwanese
304<Add ADD command help text here>
305.
306
307
308MessageId=10002
309SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_ASSIGN
310Severity=Informational
311Facility=System
312Language=English
313 Assigns a drive letter or mounted folder pathname to the volume with focus.
314
315Syntax: ASSIGN [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH>] [NOERR]
316
317 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to assign to the volume.
318
319 MOUNT=<PATH>
320 The mounted folder pathname to assign to the volume.
321
322 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
323 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
324 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
325 with an error code.
326
327 If no drive letter or mounted folder is specified, the next available drive
328 letter is assigned. If the drive letter or mounted folder is already in use,
329 an error is generated.
330
331 By using the ASSIGN command, you can change the drive letter associated
332 with a removable drive.
333
334 You cannot assign drive letters to boot volumes or
335 volumes that contain the paging file. In addition, you cannot assign
336 a drive letter to an Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) partition
337 unless booted to Windows PE, or any GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition
338 other than a basic data partition, an ESP partition or a recovery
339 partition.
340
341 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
342
343Example:
344
345 ASSIGN LETTER=D
346.
347Language=German
348 Weist dem Volume mit dem Fokus einen Laufwerkbuchstaben oder
349 den Pfadnamen des eingebundenen Ordners zu.
350
351Syntax: ASSIGN [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH>] [NOERR]
352
353 LETTER=<D> Der Laufwerkbuchstabe, den Sie dem Volume zuweisen
354 möchten.
355
356 MOUNT=<PATH>
357 Der Pfadname des eingebundenen Ordners, den Sie dem Volume
358 zuweisen möchten.
359
360 NOERR Nur für Skripting. Bei einem Fehler wird die Verarbeitung
361 von Befehlen fortgesetzt, als sei der Fehler nicht aufge-
362 treten. Ohne den NOERR-Parameter wird "DiskPart" bei
363 einem Fehler mit dem entsprechenden Fehlercode beendet.
364
365 Wenn kein Laufwerkbuchstabe oder eingebundener Ordner angegeben ist,
366 wird der nächste verfügbare Laufwerkbuchstabe zugewiesen. Ein Fehler
367 wird generiert, wenn der Laufwerkbuchstabe oder Bereitstellungspunkt
368 bereits verwendet wird.
369
370 Mit dem Befehl "ASSIGN" können Sie den Laufwerkbuchstaben ändern,
371 der einem Wechseldatenträger zugeordnet ist.
372
373 Startvolumes oder Volumes, die die Auslagerungsdatei
374 enthalten, können keine Laufwerkbuchstaben zugewiesen werden. Dar\xFCber
375 hinaus können Laufwerkbuchstaben weder OEM-Partitionen
376 (sofern kein Start in Windows PE erfolgt) noch GPT-Partitionen (GUID-
377 Partitionstabelle) zugewiesen werden, die keine Basisdatenpartitionen,
378 ESP-Partitionen oder Wiederherstellungspartitionen sind.
379
380 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss ein
381 Volume ausgewählt werden.
382
383Beispiel:
384
385 ASSIGN LETTER=D
386.
387Language=Polish
388 Assigns a drive letter or mounted folder pathname to the volume with focus.
389
390Syntax: ASSIGN [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH>] [NOERR]
391
392 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to assign to the volume.
393
394 MOUNT=<PATH>
395 The mounted folder pathname to assign to the volume.
396
397 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
398 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
399 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
400 with an error code.
401
402 If no drive letter or mounted folder is specified, the next available drive
403 letter is assigned. If the drive letter or mounted folder is already in use,
404 an error is generated.
405
406 By using the ASSIGN command, you can change the drive letter associated
407 with a removable drive.
408
409 You cannot assign drive letters to boot volumes or
410 volumes that contain the paging file. In addition, you cannot assign
411 a drive letter to an Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) partition
412 unless booted to Windows PE, or any GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition
413 other than a basic data partition, an ESP partition or a recovery
414 partition.
415
416 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
417
418Example:
419
420 ASSIGN LETTER=D
421.
422Language=Portugese
423 Assigns a drive letter or mounted folder pathname to the volume with focus.
424
425Syntax: ASSIGN [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH>] [NOERR]
426
427 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to assign to the volume.
428
429 MOUNT=<PATH>
430 The mounted folder pathname to assign to the volume.
431
432 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
433 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
434 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
435 with an error code.
436
437 If no drive letter or mounted folder is specified, the next available drive
438 letter is assigned. If the drive letter or mounted folder is already in use,
439 an error is generated.
440
441 By using the ASSIGN command, you can change the drive letter associated
442 with a removable drive.
443
444 You cannot assign drive letters to boot volumes or
445 volumes that contain the paging file. In addition, you cannot assign
446 a drive letter to an Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) partition
447 unless booted to Windows PE, or any GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition
448 other than a basic data partition, an ESP partition or a recovery
449 partition.
450
451 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
452
453Example:
454
455 ASSIGN LETTER=D
456.
457Language=Romanian
458 Assigns a drive letter or mounted folder pathname to the volume with focus.
459
460Syntax: ASSIGN [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH>] [NOERR]
461
462 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to assign to the volume.
463
464 MOUNT=<PATH>
465 The mounted folder pathname to assign to the volume.
466
467 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
468 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
469 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
470 with an error code.
471
472 If no drive letter or mounted folder is specified, the next available drive
473 letter is assigned. If the drive letter or mounted folder is already in use,
474 an error is generated.
475
476 By using the ASSIGN command, you can change the drive letter associated
477 with a removable drive.
478
479 You cannot assign drive letters to boot volumes or
480 volumes that contain the paging file. In addition, you cannot assign
481 a drive letter to an Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) partition
482 unless booted to Windows PE, or any GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition
483 other than a basic data partition, an ESP partition or a recovery
484 partition.
485
486 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
487
488Example:
489
490 ASSIGN LETTER=D
491.
492Language=Russian
493 Assigns a drive letter or mounted folder pathname to the volume with focus.
494
495Syntax: ASSIGN [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH>] [NOERR]
496
497 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to assign to the volume.
498
499 MOUNT=<PATH>
500 The mounted folder pathname to assign to the volume.
501
502 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
503 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
504 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
505 with an error code.
506
507 If no drive letter or mounted folder is specified, the next available drive
508 letter is assigned. If the drive letter or mounted folder is already in use,
509 an error is generated.
510
511 By using the ASSIGN command, you can change the drive letter associated
512 with a removable drive.
513
514 You cannot assign drive letters to boot volumes or
515 volumes that contain the paging file. In addition, you cannot assign
516 a drive letter to an Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) partition
517 unless booted to Windows PE, or any GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition
518 other than a basic data partition, an ESP partition or a recovery
519 partition.
520
521 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
522
523Example:
524
525 ASSIGN LETTER=D
526.
527Language=Albanian
528 Assigns a drive letter or mounted folder pathname to the volume with focus.
529
530Syntax: ASSIGN [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH>] [NOERR]
531
532 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to assign to the volume.
533
534 MOUNT=<PATH>
535 The mounted folder pathname to assign to the volume.
536
537 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
538 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
539 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
540 with an error code.
541
542 If no drive letter or mounted folder is specified, the next available drive
543 letter is assigned. If the drive letter or mounted folder is already in use,
544 an error is generated.
545
546 By using the ASSIGN command, you can change the drive letter associated
547 with a removable drive.
548
549 You cannot assign drive letters to boot volumes or
550 volumes that contain the paging file. In addition, you cannot assign
551 a drive letter to an Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) partition
552 unless booted to Windows PE, or any GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition
553 other than a basic data partition, an ESP partition or a recovery
554 partition.
555
556 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
557
558Example:
559
560 ASSIGN LETTER=D
561.
562Language=Turkish
563 Assigns a drive letter or mounted folder pathname to the volume with focus.
564
565Syntax: ASSIGN [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH>] [NOERR]
566
567 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to assign to the volume.
568
569 MOUNT=<PATH>
570 The mounted folder pathname to assign to the volume.
571
572 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
573 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
574 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
575 with an error code.
576
577 If no drive letter or mounted folder is specified, the next available drive
578 letter is assigned. If the drive letter or mounted folder is already in use,
579 an error is generated.
580
581 By using the ASSIGN command, you can change the drive letter associated
582 with a removable drive.
583
584 You cannot assign drive letters to boot volumes or
585 volumes that contain the paging file. In addition, you cannot assign
586 a drive letter to an Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) partition
587 unless booted to Windows PE, or any GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition
588 other than a basic data partition, an ESP partition or a recovery
589 partition.
590
591 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
592
593Example:
594
595 ASSIGN LETTER=D
596.
597Language=Chinese
598 Assigns a drive letter or mounted folder pathname to the volume with focus.
599
600Syntax: ASSIGN [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH>] [NOERR]
601
602 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to assign to the volume.
603
604 MOUNT=<PATH>
605 The mounted folder pathname to assign to the volume.
606
607 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
608 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
609 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
610 with an error code.
611
612 If no drive letter or mounted folder is specified, the next available drive
613 letter is assigned. If the drive letter or mounted folder is already in use,
614 an error is generated.
615
616 By using the ASSIGN command, you can change the drive letter associated
617 with a removable drive.
618
619 You cannot assign drive letters to boot volumes or
620 volumes that contain the paging file. In addition, you cannot assign
621 a drive letter to an Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) partition
622 unless booted to Windows PE, or any GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition
623 other than a basic data partition, an ESP partition or a recovery
624 partition.
625
626 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
627
628Example:
629
630 ASSIGN LETTER=D
631.
632Language=Taiwanese
633 Assigns a drive letter or mounted folder pathname to the volume with focus.
634
635Syntax: ASSIGN [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH>] [NOERR]
636
637 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to assign to the volume.
638
639 MOUNT=<PATH>
640 The mounted folder pathname to assign to the volume.
641
642 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
643 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
644 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
645 with an error code.
646
647 If no drive letter or mounted folder is specified, the next available drive
648 letter is assigned. If the drive letter or mounted folder is already in use,
649 an error is generated.
650
651 By using the ASSIGN command, you can change the drive letter associated
652 with a removable drive.
653
654 You cannot assign drive letters to boot volumes or
655 volumes that contain the paging file. In addition, you cannot assign
656 a drive letter to an Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) partition
657 unless booted to Windows PE, or any GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition
658 other than a basic data partition, an ESP partition or a recovery
659 partition.
660
661 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
662
663Example:
664
665 ASSIGN LETTER=D
666.
667
668
669MessageId=10003
670SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_ATTACH
671Severity=Informational
672Facility=System
673Language=English
674<Add ATTACH command help text here>
675.
676Language=German
677<Add ATTACH command help text here>
678.
679Language=Polish
680<Add ATTACH command help text here>
681.
682Language=Portugese
683<Add ATTACH command help text here>
684.
685Language=Romanian
686<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda ATTACH>
687.
688Language=Russian
689<Add ATTACH command help text here>
690.
691Language=Albanian
692<Add ATTACH command help text here>
693.
694Language=Turkish
695<Add ATTACH command help text here>
696.
697Language=Chinese
698<Add ATTACH command help text here>
699.
700Language=Taiwanese
701<Add ATTACH command help text here>
702.
703
704
705MessageId=10004
706SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES
707Severity=Informational
708Facility=System
709Language=English
710<Add ATTRIBUTES command help text here>
711.
712Language=German
713<Add ATTRIBUTES command help text here>
714.
715Language=Polish
716<Add ATTRIBUTES command help text here>
717.
718Language=Portugese
719<Add ATTRIBUTES command help text here>
720.
721Language=Romanian
722<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda ATTRIBUTES>
723.
724Language=Russian
725<Add ATTRIBUTES command help text here>
726.
727Language=Albanian
728<Add ATTRIBUTES command help text here>
729.
730Language=Turkish
731<Add ATTRIBUTES command help text here>
732.
733Language=Chinese
734<Add ATTRIBUTES command help text here>
735.
736Language=Taiwanese
737<Add ATTRIBUTES command help text here>
738.
739
740
741MessageId=10005
742SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_AUTOMOUNT
743Severity=Informational
744Facility=System
745Language=English
746 Enables or disables the automount feature.
747
748Syntax: AUTOMOUNT [ENABLE] [DISABLE] [SCRUB] [NOERR]
749
750 ENABLE Enables ReactOS to automatically assign drive letters
751 to volumes that are added to the system.
752
753 DISABLE Prevents ReactOS from automatically assigning drive letters
754 to volumes that are added to the system.
755
756 SCRUB Removes mounted folder pathnames, drive letters, mounted
757 folder directories, and registry settings, for volumes that
758 are no longer in the system. This prevents volumes that were
759 previously in the system from being automatically assigned
760 their former drive letters and mounted folder pathnames when
761 they are reintroduced to the system.
762
763 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
764 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
765 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
766 with an error code.
767
768 When the AutoMount feature is enabled, ReactOS automatically brings the
769 volume online and assigns a drive letter and a volume GUID pathname to
770 the volume, when the volume is added to the system. In storage area network
771 (SAN) configurations, disabling AutoMount prevents ReactOS from automatically
772 onlining the volume and assigning drive letters or volume GUID pathnames
773 to any new volumes that are visible to the system.
774
775Example:
776
777 AUTOMOUNT
778 AUTOMOUNT ENABLE
779 AUTOMOUNT DISABLE
780.
781Language=German
782 Aktiviert oder deaktiviert das Feature für die automatische
783 Bereitstellung.
784
785Syntax: AUTOMOUNT [ENABLE] [DISABLE] [SCRUB] [NOERR]
786
787 ENABLE Ermöglicht es ReactOS, dem System hinzugefügten Volumes
788 automatisch Laufwerkbuchstaben zuzuordnen.
789
790 DISABLE Verhindert, dass ReactOS dem System hinzugefügten
791 Volumes Laufwerkbuchstaben zuordnet.
792
793 SCRUB Entfernt eingebundene Ordnerpfadnamen, Laufwerkbuchstaben,
794 Ordnerverzeichnisse und Registrierungseinstellungen für
795 Volumes, die nicht mehr im System vorhanden sind. Damit wird
796 verhindert, dass früher im System enthaltene Volumes
797 automatisch ihren früheren Laufwerkbuchstaben und
798 eingebundenen Ordnerpfadnamen zugeordnet werden,
799 wenn sie dem System wieder hinzugefügt werden.
800
801 NOERR Nur für Skripting. Bei einem Fehler setzt DiskPart die
802 Verarbeitung von Befehlen fort, als sei der Fehler nicht
803 aufgetreten.
804 Ohne den Parameter NOERR wird DiskPart bei einem Fehler
805 mit dem entsprechenden Fehlercode beendet.
806
807 Bei aktiviertem Feature für automatische Bereitstellung wird das
808 Volume automatisch online geschaltet, und dem Volume wird ein
809 Laufwerkbuchstabe und ein Volume-GUID-Pfad zugeordnet, wenn das
810 Volume dem System hinzugefügt wird.
811 In SAN-Konfigurationen (Storage Area Network) wird durch Deaktivieren des
812 Features verhindert, dass Volumes automatisch online geschaltet werden und
813 neuen, für das System sichtbaren Volumes Laufwerkbuchstaben oder
814 Volume-GUID-Pfadnamen zugeordnet werden.
815
816Beispiel:
817 AUTOMOUNT
818 AUTOMOUNT ENABLE
819 AUTOMOUNT DISABLE
820.
821Language=Polish
822 Enables or disables the automount feature.
823
824Syntax: AUTOMOUNT [ENABLE] [DISABLE] [SCRUB] [NOERR]
825
826 ENABLE Enables ReactOS to automatically assign drive letters
827 to volumes that are added to the system.
828
829 DISABLE Prevents ReactOS from automatically assigning drive letters
830 to volumes that are added to the system.
831
832 SCRUB Removes mounted folder pathnames, drive letters, mounted
833 folder directories, and registry settings, for volumes that
834 are no longer in the system. This prevents volumes that were
835 previously in the system from being automatically assigned
836 their former drive letters and mounted folder pathnames when
837 they are reintroduced to the system.
838
839 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
840 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
841 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
842 with an error code.
843
844 When the AutoMount feature is enabled, ReactOS automatically brings the
845 volume online and assigns a drive letter and a volume GUID pathname to
846 the volume, when the volume is added to the system. In storage area network
847 (SAN) configurations, disabling AutoMount prevents ReactOS from automatically
848 onlining the volume and assigning drive letters or volume GUID pathnames
849 to any new volumes that are visible to the system.
850
851Example:
852
853 AUTOMOUNT
854 AUTOMOUNT ENABLE
855 AUTOMOUNT DISABLE
856.
857Language=Portugese
858 Enables or disables the automount feature.
859
860Syntax: AUTOMOUNT [ENABLE] [DISABLE] [SCRUB] [NOERR]
861
862 ENABLE Enables ReactOS to automatically assign drive letters
863 to volumes that are added to the system.
864
865 DISABLE Prevents ReactOS from automatically assigning drive letters
866 to volumes that are added to the system.
867
868 SCRUB Removes mounted folder pathnames, drive letters, mounted
869 folder directories, and registry settings, for volumes that
870 are no longer in the system. This prevents volumes that were
871 previously in the system from being automatically assigned
872 their former drive letters and mounted folder pathnames when
873 they are reintroduced to the system.
874
875 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
876 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
877 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
878 with an error code.
879
880 When the AutoMount feature is enabled, ReactOS automatically brings the
881 volume online and assigns a drive letter and a volume GUID pathname to
882 the volume, when the volume is added to the system. In storage area network
883 (SAN) configurations, disabling AutoMount prevents ReactOS from automatically
884 onlining the volume and assigning drive letters or volume GUID pathnames
885 to any new volumes that are visible to the system.
886
887Example:
888
889 AUTOMOUNT
890 AUTOMOUNT ENABLE
891 AUTOMOUNT DISABLE
892.
893Language=Romanian
894 Enables or disables the automount feature.
895
896Syntax: AUTOMOUNT [ENABLE] [DISABLE] [SCRUB] [NOERR]
897
898 ENABLE Enables ReactOS to automatically assign drive letters
899 to volumes that are added to the system.
900
901 DISABLE Prevents ReactOS from automatically assigning drive letters
902 to volumes that are added to the system.
903
904 SCRUB Removes mounted folder pathnames, drive letters, mounted
905 folder directories, and registry settings, for volumes that
906 are no longer in the system. This prevents volumes that were
907 previously in the system from being automatically assigned
908 their former drive letters and mounted folder pathnames when
909 they are reintroduced to the system.
910
911 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
912 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
913 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
914 with an error code.
915
916 When the AutoMount feature is enabled, ReactOS automatically brings the
917 volume online and assigns a drive letter and a volume GUID pathname to
918 the volume, when the volume is added to the system. In storage area network
919 (SAN) configurations, disabling AutoMount prevents ReactOS from automatically
920 onlining the volume and assigning drive letters or volume GUID pathnames
921 to any new volumes that are visible to the system.
922
923Example:
924
925 AUTOMOUNT
926 AUTOMOUNT ENABLE
927 AUTOMOUNT DISABLE
928.
929Language=Russian
930 Enables or disables the automount feature.
931
932Syntax: AUTOMOUNT [ENABLE] [DISABLE] [SCRUB] [NOERR]
933
934 ENABLE Enables ReactOS to automatically assign drive letters
935 to volumes that are added to the system.
936
937 DISABLE Prevents ReactOS from automatically assigning drive letters
938 to volumes that are added to the system.
939
940 SCRUB Removes mounted folder pathnames, drive letters, mounted
941 folder directories, and registry settings, for volumes that
942 are no longer in the system. This prevents volumes that were
943 previously in the system from being automatically assigned
944 their former drive letters and mounted folder pathnames when
945 they are reintroduced to the system.
946
947 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
948 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
949 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
950 with an error code.
951
952 When the AutoMount feature is enabled, ReactOS automatically brings the
953 volume online and assigns a drive letter and a volume GUID pathname to
954 the volume, when the volume is added to the system. In storage area network
955 (SAN) configurations, disabling AutoMount prevents ReactOS from automatically
956 onlining the volume and assigning drive letters or volume GUID pathnames
957 to any new volumes that are visible to the system.
958
959Example:
960
961 AUTOMOUNT
962 AUTOMOUNT ENABLE
963 AUTOMOUNT DISABLE
964.
965Language=Albanian
966 Enables or disables the automount feature.
967
968Syntax: AUTOMOUNT [ENABLE] [DISABLE] [SCRUB] [NOERR]
969
970 ENABLE Enables ReactOS to automatically assign drive letters
971 to volumes that are added to the system.
972
973 DISABLE Prevents ReactOS from automatically assigning drive letters
974 to volumes that are added to the system.
975
976 SCRUB Removes mounted folder pathnames, drive letters, mounted
977 folder directories, and registry settings, for volumes that
978 are no longer in the system. This prevents volumes that were
979 previously in the system from being automatically assigned
980 their former drive letters and mounted folder pathnames when
981 they are reintroduced to the system.
982
983 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
984 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
985 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
986 with an error code.
987
988 When the AutoMount feature is enabled, ReactOS automatically brings the
989 volume online and assigns a drive letter and a volume GUID pathname to
990 the volume, when the volume is added to the system. In storage area network
991 (SAN) configurations, disabling AutoMount prevents ReactOS from automatically
992 onlining the volume and assigning drive letters or volume GUID pathnames
993 to any new volumes that are visible to the system.
994
995Example:
996
997 AUTOMOUNT
998 AUTOMOUNT ENABLE
999 AUTOMOUNT DISABLE
1000.
1001Language=Turkish
1002 Enables or disables the automount feature.
1003
1004Syntax: AUTOMOUNT [ENABLE] [DISABLE] [SCRUB] [NOERR]
1005
1006 ENABLE Enables ReactOS to automatically assign drive letters
1007 to volumes that are added to the system.
1008
1009 DISABLE Prevents ReactOS from automatically assigning drive letters
1010 to volumes that are added to the system.
1011
1012 SCRUB Removes mounted folder pathnames, drive letters, mounted
1013 folder directories, and registry settings, for volumes that
1014 are no longer in the system. This prevents volumes that were
1015 previously in the system from being automatically assigned
1016 their former drive letters and mounted folder pathnames when
1017 they are reintroduced to the system.
1018
1019 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1020 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1021 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1022 with an error code.
1023
1024 When the AutoMount feature is enabled, ReactOS automatically brings the
1025 volume online and assigns a drive letter and a volume GUID pathname to
1026 the volume, when the volume is added to the system. In storage area network
1027 (SAN) configurations, disabling AutoMount prevents ReactOS from automatically
1028 onlining the volume and assigning drive letters or volume GUID pathnames
1029 to any new volumes that are visible to the system.
1030
1031Example:
1032
1033 AUTOMOUNT
1034 AUTOMOUNT ENABLE
1035 AUTOMOUNT DISABLE
1036.
1037Language=Chinese
1038 Enables or disables the automount feature.
1039
1040Syntax: AUTOMOUNT [ENABLE] [DISABLE] [SCRUB] [NOERR]
1041
1042 ENABLE Enables ReactOS to automatically assign drive letters
1043 to volumes that are added to the system.
1044
1045 DISABLE Prevents ReactOS from automatically assigning drive letters
1046 to volumes that are added to the system.
1047
1048 SCRUB Removes mounted folder pathnames, drive letters, mounted
1049 folder directories, and registry settings, for volumes that
1050 are no longer in the system. This prevents volumes that were
1051 previously in the system from being automatically assigned
1052 their former drive letters and mounted folder pathnames when
1053 they are reintroduced to the system.
1054
1055 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1056 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1057 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1058 with an error code.
1059
1060 When the AutoMount feature is enabled, ReactOS automatically brings the
1061 volume online and assigns a drive letter and a volume GUID pathname to
1062 the volume, when the volume is added to the system. In storage area network
1063 (SAN) configurations, disabling AutoMount prevents ReactOS from automatically
1064 onlining the volume and assigning drive letters or volume GUID pathnames
1065 to any new volumes that are visible to the system.
1066
1067Example:
1068
1069 AUTOMOUNT
1070 AUTOMOUNT ENABLE
1071 AUTOMOUNT DISABLE
1072.
1073Language=Taiwanese
1074 Enables or disables the automount feature.
1075
1076Syntax: AUTOMOUNT [ENABLE] [DISABLE] [SCRUB] [NOERR]
1077
1078 ENABLE Enables ReactOS to automatically assign drive letters
1079 to volumes that are added to the system.
1080
1081 DISABLE Prevents ReactOS from automatically assigning drive letters
1082 to volumes that are added to the system.
1083
1084 SCRUB Removes mounted folder pathnames, drive letters, mounted
1085 folder directories, and registry settings, for volumes that
1086 are no longer in the system. This prevents volumes that were
1087 previously in the system from being automatically assigned
1088 their former drive letters and mounted folder pathnames when
1089 they are reintroduced to the system.
1090
1091 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1092 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1093 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1094 with an error code.
1095
1096 When the AutoMount feature is enabled, ReactOS automatically brings the
1097 volume online and assigns a drive letter and a volume GUID pathname to
1098 the volume, when the volume is added to the system. In storage area network
1099 (SAN) configurations, disabling AutoMount prevents ReactOS from automatically
1100 onlining the volume and assigning drive letters or volume GUID pathnames
1101 to any new volumes that are visible to the system.
1102
1103Example:
1104
1105 AUTOMOUNT
1106 AUTOMOUNT ENABLE
1107 AUTOMOUNT DISABLE
1108.
1109
1110
1111MessageId=10006
1112SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_BREAK
1113Severity=Informational
1114Facility=System
1115Language=English
1116<Add BREAK command help text here>
1117.
1118Language=German
1119<Add BREAK command help text here>
1120.
1121Language=Polish
1122<Add BREAK command help text here>
1123.
1124Language=Portugese
1125<Add BREAK command help text here>
1126.
1127Language=Romanian
1128<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda BREAK>
1129.
1130Language=Russian
1131<Add BREAK command help text here>
1132.
1133Language=Albanian
1134<Add BREAK command help text here>
1135.
1136Language=Turkish
1137<Add BREAK command help text here>
1138.
1139Language=Chinese
1140<Add BREAK command help text here>
1141.
1142Language=Taiwanese
1143<Add BREAK command help text here>
1144.
1145
1146
1147MessageId=10007
1148SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_CLEAN
1149Severity=Informational
1150Facility=System
1151Language=English
1152 Removes any and all partition or volume formatting from the disk with
1153 focus.
1154
1155Syntax: CLEAN [ALL]
1156
1157 ALL Specifies that each and every byte\sector on the disk is set to
1158 zero, which completely deletes all data contained on the disk.
1159
1160 On master boot record (MBR) disks, only the MBR partitioning information
1161 and hidden sector information are overwritten. On GUID partition table
1162 (GPT) disks, the GPT partitioning information, including the Protective
1163 MBR, is overwritten. If the ALL parameter is not used, the first 1MB
1164 and the last 1MB of the disk are zeroed. This erases any disk formatting
1165 that had been previously applied to the disk. The disk's state after
1166 cleaning the disk is 'UNINITIALIZED'.
1167
1168Example:
1169
1170 CLEAN
1171.
1172Language=German
1173 Entfernt alle Partitions- oder Volumeformatierungen von dem Datenträger
1174 mit dem Fokus.
1175
1176Syntax: CLEAN [ALL]
1177
1178 ALL Gibt an, dass jedes Byte\jeder Sektor auf dem Datenträger
1179 auf Null gesetzt wird. Damit werden alle auf dem Datenträger
1180 enthaltenen Daten vollständig gelöscht.
1181
1182 Auf MBR-Datenträgern (Master Boot Record) werden nur MBR-
1183 Partitionierungsinformationen und Informationen zu ausgeblendeten
1184 Sektoren überschrieben. Auf GUID-Partitionstabellen-Datenträgern
1185 (GPT) werden die GPT-Partitionierungsinformationen (einschließlich
1186 Schutz-MBR) überschrieben. If the ALL parameter is not used, the first 1MB
1187 and the last 1MB of the disk are zeroed. This erases any disk formatting
1188 that had been previously applied to the disk. The disk's state after
1189 cleaning the disk is 'UNINITIALIZED'.
1190
1191Beispiel:
1192
1193 CLEAN
1194.
1195Language=Polish
1196 Usuwa wszelkie formatowanie partycji lub woluminów z dysku mającego
1197 fokus.
1198
1199Składnia: CLEAN [ALL]
1200
1201 ALL Określa, że każdy bajt/sektor na dysku zostaje ustawiony
1202 na zero, co całkowicie usuwa wszystkie dane zawarte na dysku.
1203
1204 Na dyskach z głównym rekordem rozruchowym (MBR) są zastępowane tylko
1205 informacje o partycjonowaniu MBR i ukrytych sektorach. Na dyskach
1206 z tablicą partycji GUID (GPT) są zastępowane informacje
1207 o partycjonowaniu GPT, łącznie z ochronnym rekordem MBR. Jeśli parametr
1208 ALL nie zostanie użyty, 1 MB na początku i na końcu dysku jest zerowany.
1209 Powoduje to wymazanie formatowania poprzednio stosowanego na dysku.
1210 Stanem dysku po jego czyszczeniu jest stan 'NIEZAINICJOWANY'.
1211
1212Przykład:
1213
1214 CLEAN
1215.
1216Language=Portugese
1217 Removes any and all partition or volume formatting from the disk with
1218 focus.
1219
1220Syntax: CLEAN [ALL]
1221
1222 ALL Specifies that each and every byte\sector on the disk is set to
1223 zero, which completely deletes all data contained on the disk.
1224
1225 On master boot record (MBR) disks, only the MBR partitioning information
1226 and hidden sector information are overwritten. On GUID partition table
1227 (GPT) disks, the GPT partitioning information, including the Protective
1228 MBR, is overwritten. If the ALL parameter is not used, the first 1MB
1229 and the last 1MB of the disk are zeroed. This erases any disk formatting
1230 that had been previously applied to the disk. The disk's state after
1231 cleaning the disk is 'UNINITIALIZED'.
1232
1233Example:
1234
1235 CLEAN
1236.
1237Language=Romanian
1238 Șterge orice și întreaga formatare a partiției sau a volumului din
1239 discul în cauză.
1240
1241Sintaxă: CLEAN [ALL]
1242
1243 ALL Specifică faptul că fiecare octet/sector de pe disc este setat
1244 pe zero, ceea ce șterge complet toate datele conținute pe disc.
1245
1246 Pe discurile cu Registrul principal de inițializare (MBR), sunt suprascrise
1247 numai informațiile despre partiționarea MBR și informațiile despre
1248 sectoarele ascunse. Pe discurile cu tabel de partiție GUID (GPT),
1249 informațiile de partiționare GPT, incluzând MBR protectiv, sunt
1250 suprascrise. Dacă parametrul ALL nu e folosit, primul 1 Mo și ultimul 1 Mo
1251 al discului sunt puse la valoarea zero. Aceasta șterge orice formatare a
1252 discului ce a fost aplicată anterior discului. Starea discului după ce
1253 este curățat discul este „UNINITIALIZED” (neinițializat).
1254
1255De exemplu:
1256
1257 CLEAN
1258.
1259Language=Russian
1260 Removes any and all partition or volume formatting from the disk with
1261 focus.
1262
1263Syntax: CLEAN [ALL]
1264
1265 ALL Specifies that each and every byte\sector on the disk is set to
1266 zero, which completely deletes all data contained on the disk.
1267
1268 On master boot record (MBR) disks, only the MBR partitioning information
1269 and hidden sector information are overwritten. On GUID partition table
1270 (GPT) disks, the GPT partitioning information, including the Protective
1271 MBR, is overwritten. If the ALL parameter is not used, the first 1MB
1272 and the last 1MB of the disk are zeroed. This erases any disk formatting
1273 that had been previously applied to the disk. The disk's state after
1274 cleaning the disk is 'UNINITIALIZED'.
1275
1276Example:
1277
1278 CLEAN
1279.
1280Language=Albanian
1281 Removes any and all partition or volume formatting from the disk with
1282 focus.
1283
1284Syntax: CLEAN [ALL]
1285
1286 ALL Specifies that each and every byte\sector on the disk is set to
1287 zero, which completely deletes all data contained on the disk.
1288
1289 On master boot record (MBR) disks, only the MBR partitioning information
1290 and hidden sector information are overwritten. On GUID partition table
1291 (GPT) disks, the GPT partitioning information, including the Protective
1292 MBR, is overwritten. If the ALL parameter is not used, the first 1MB
1293 and the last 1MB of the disk are zeroed. This erases any disk formatting
1294 that had been previously applied to the disk. The disk's state after
1295 cleaning the disk is 'UNINITIALIZED'.
1296
1297Example:
1298
1299 CLEAN
1300.
1301Language=Turkish
1302 Removes any and all partition or volume formatting from the disk with
1303 focus.
1304
1305Syntax: CLEAN [ALL]
1306
1307 ALL Specifies that each and every byte\sector on the disk is set to
1308 zero, which completely deletes all data contained on the disk.
1309
1310 On master boot record (MBR) disks, only the MBR partitioning information
1311 and hidden sector information are overwritten. On GUID partition table
1312 (GPT) disks, the GPT partitioning information, including the Protective
1313 MBR, is overwritten. If the ALL parameter is not used, the first 1MB
1314 and the last 1MB of the disk are zeroed. This erases any disk formatting
1315 that had been previously applied to the disk. The disk's state after
1316 cleaning the disk is 'UNINITIALIZED'.
1317
1318Example:
1319
1320 CLEAN
1321.
1322Language=Chinese
1323 Removes any and all partition or volume formatting from the disk with
1324 focus.
1325
1326Syntax: CLEAN [ALL]
1327
1328 ALL Specifies that each and every byte\sector on the disk is set to
1329 zero, which completely deletes all data contained on the disk.
1330
1331 On master boot record (MBR) disks, only the MBR partitioning information
1332 and hidden sector information are overwritten. On GUID partition table
1333 (GPT) disks, the GPT partitioning information, including the Protective
1334 MBR, is overwritten. If the ALL parameter is not used, the first 1MB
1335 and the last 1MB of the disk are zeroed. This erases any disk formatting
1336 that had been previously applied to the disk. The disk's state after
1337 cleaning the disk is 'UNINITIALIZED'.
1338
1339Example:
1340
1341 CLEAN
1342.
1343Language=Taiwanese
1344 從已選擇的磁碟上移除所有磁碟分割或磁碟區格式。
1345
1346語法: CLEAN [ALL]
1347
1348 ALL 指定將磁碟上每個位元組/磁區設定為零，
1349 即完全刪除磁碟上包含的所有資料。
1350
1351 在主開機記錄 (MBR) 磁碟上，只會覆寫 MBR 磁碟分割資訊和隱藏的磁區資訊。
1352 在 GUID 磁碟分割表格 (GPT) 磁碟上，會覆寫 GPT 磁碟分割資訊，
1353 包括保護性 MBR。
1354 如果沒有使用 ALL 參數，會將磁碟的最前 1MB 和最後 1MB 設定為零。
1355 這會清除先前套用到該磁碟的任何磁碟格式。
1356 清除磁碟以後，磁碟狀態會變為 '未初始化'。
1357
1358範例:
1359
1360 CLEAN
1361.
1362
1363
1364MessageId=10008
1365SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_COMPACT
1366Severity=Informational
1367Facility=System
1368Language=English
1369<Add COMPACT command help text here>
1370.
1371Language=German
1372<Add COMPACT command help text here>
1373.
1374Language=Polish
1375<Add COMPACT command help text here>
1376.
1377Language=Portugese
1378<Add COMPACT command help text here>
1379.
1380Language=Romanian
1381<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda COMPACT>
1382.
1383Language=Russian
1384<Add COMPACT command help text here>
1385.
1386Language=Albanian
1387<Add COMPACT command help text here>
1388.
1389Language=Turkish
1390<Add COMPACT command help text here>
1391.
1392Language=Chinese
1393<Add COMPACT command help text here>
1394.
1395Language=Taiwanese
1396<Add COMPACT command help text here>
1397.
1398
1399
1400MessageId=10010
1401SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_CONVERT_GPT
1402Severity=Informational
1403Facility=System
1404Language=English
1405 Converts a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partition table
1406 into a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partititon table.
1407
1408Syntax: CONVERT GPT [NOERR]
1409
1410 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1411 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1412 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1413 with an error code.
1414
1415 An MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1416
1417 The disk must have a minimum size of 128 MB.
1418
1419 Important:
1420 Only empty disks can be converted to GPT. Backup all data and delete all
1421 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1422
1423Example:
1424 CONVERT GPT
1425.
1426Language=German
1427 Konvertiert einen Datenträger mit MBR (Master Boot Record) Partitionstabelle
1428 in einen Datenträger mit GPT (GUID Partititionstabelle) Partititonstabelle.
1429
1430Syntax: CONVERT GPT [NOERR]
1431
1432 NOERR Nur für Skripting. Bei einem Fehler setzt DiskPart die
1433 Verarbeitung von Befehlen fort, als sei der Fehler nicht
1434 aufgetreten.
1435 Ohne den Parameter NOERR wird DiskPart bei einem Fehler mit
1436 dem entsprechenden Fehlercode beendet.
1437
1438 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss ein
1439 MBR-Datenträger ausgewählt sein.
1440
1441 Der Datenträger muss eine minimale Größe von 128 MB haben.
1442
1443 Wichtig:
1444 Nur ein leerer Datenträger kann in einen GPT-Datenträger konvertiert
1445 werden. Sichern Sie alle Daten und löschen Sie alle Partitionen und
1446 Volumes bevor Sie den Datenträger konvertieres.
1447
1448Beispiel:
1449 CONVERT GPT
1450.
1451Language=Polish
1452 Converts a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partition table
1453 into a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partititon table.
1454
1455Syntax: CONVERT GPT [NOERR]
1456
1457 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1458 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1459 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1460 with an error code.
1461
1462 An MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1463
1464 The disk must have a minimum size of 128 MB.
1465
1466 Important:
1467 Only empty disks can be converted to GPT. Backup all data and delete all
1468 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1469
1470Example:
1471 CONVERT GPT
1472.
1473Language=Portugese
1474 Converts a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partition table
1475 into a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partititon table.
1476
1477Syntax: CONVERT GPT [NOERR]
1478
1479 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1480 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1481 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1482 with an error code.
1483
1484 An MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1485
1486 The disk must have a minimum size of 128 MB.
1487
1488 Important:
1489 Only empty disks can be converted to GPT. Backup all data and delete all
1490 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1491
1492Example:
1493 CONVERT GPT
1494.
1495Language=Romanian
1496 Converts a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partition table
1497 into a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partititon table.
1498
1499Syntax: CONVERT GPT [NOERR]
1500
1501 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1502 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1503 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1504 with an error code.
1505
1506 An MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1507
1508 The disk must have a minimum size of 128 MB.
1509
1510 Important:
1511 Only empty disks can be converted to GPT. Backup all data and delete all
1512 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1513
1514Example:
1515 CONVERT GPT
1516.
1517Language=Russian
1518 Converts a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partition table
1519 into a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partititon table.
1520
1521Syntax: CONVERT GPT [NOERR]
1522
1523 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1524 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1525 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1526 with an error code.
1527
1528 An MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1529
1530 The disk must have a minimum size of 128 MB.
1531
1532 Important:
1533 Only empty disks can be converted to GPT. Backup all data and delete all
1534 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1535
1536Example:
1537 CONVERT GPT
1538.
1539Language=Albanian
1540 Converts a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partition table
1541 into a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partititon table.
1542
1543Syntax: CONVERT GPT [NOERR]
1544
1545 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1546 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1547 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1548 with an error code.
1549
1550 An MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1551
1552 The disk must have a minimum size of 128 MB.
1553
1554 Important:
1555 Only empty disks can be converted to GPT. Backup all data and delete all
1556 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1557
1558Example:
1559 CONVERT GPT
1560.
1561Language=Turkish
1562 Converts a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partition table
1563 into a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partititon table.
1564
1565Syntax: CONVERT GPT [NOERR]
1566
1567 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1568 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1569 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1570 with an error code.
1571
1572 An MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1573
1574 The disk must have a minimum size of 128 MB.
1575
1576 Important:
1577 Only empty disks can be converted to GPT. Backup all data and delete all
1578 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1579
1580Example:
1581 CONVERT GPT
1582.
1583Language=Chinese
1584 Converts a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partition table
1585 into a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partititon table.
1586
1587Syntax: CONVERT GPT [NOERR]
1588
1589 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1590 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1591 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1592 with an error code.
1593
1594 An MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1595
1596 The disk must have a minimum size of 128 MB.
1597
1598 Important:
1599 Only empty disks can be converted to GPT. Backup all data and delete all
1600 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1601
1602Example:
1603 CONVERT GPT
1604.
1605Language=Taiwanese
1606 Converts a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partition table
1607 into a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partititon table.
1608
1609Syntax: CONVERT GPT [NOERR]
1610
1611 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1612 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1613 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1614 with an error code.
1615
1616 An MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1617
1618 The disk must have a minimum size of 128 MB.
1619
1620 Important:
1621 Only empty disks can be converted to GPT. Backup all data and delete all
1622 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1623
1624Example:
1625 CONVERT GPT
1626.
1627
1628
1629MessageId=10011
1630SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_CONVERT_MBR
1631Severity=Informational
1632Facility=System
1633Language=English
1634 Converts a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partition table
1635 into a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partititon table.
1636
1637Syntax: CONVERT MBR [NOERR]
1638
1639 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1640 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1641 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1642 with an error code.
1643
1644 A GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1645
1646 Important:
1647 Only empty disks can be converted to MBR. Backup all data and delete all
1648 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1649
1650Example:
1651 CONVERT MBR
1652.
1653Language=German
1654 Konvertiert einen Datenträger mit GPT (GUID Partititionstabelle) Partitionstabelle
1655 in einen Datenträger mit MBR (Master Boot Record) Partititonstabelle.
1656
1657Syntax: CONVERT MBR [NOERR]
1658
1659 NOERR Nur für Skripting. Bei einem Fehler setzt DiskPart die
1660 Verarbeitung von Befehlen fort, als sei der Fehler nicht
1661 aufgetreten.
1662 Ohne den Parameter NOERR wird DiskPart bei einem Fehler mit
1663 dem entsprechenden Fehlercode beendet.
1664
1665 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss ein
1666 GPT-Datenträger ausgewählt sein.
1667
1668 Wichtig:
1669 Nur ein leerer Datenträger kann in einen MBR-Datenträger konvertiert
1670 werden. Sichern Sie alle Daten und löschen Sie alle Partitionen und
1671 Volumes bevor Sie den Datenträger konvertieres.
1672
1673Beispiel:
1674 CONVERT MBR
1675.
1676Language=Polish
1677 Converts a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partition table
1678 into a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partititon table.
1679
1680Syntax: CONVERT MBR [NOERR]
1681
1682 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1683 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1684 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1685 with an error code.
1686
1687 A GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1688
1689 Important:
1690 Only empty disks can be converted to MBR. Backup all data and delete all
1691 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1692
1693Example:
1694 CONVERT MBR
1695.
1696Language=Portugese
1697 Converts a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partition table
1698 into a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partititon table.
1699
1700Syntax: CONVERT MBR [NOERR]
1701
1702 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1703 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1704 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1705 with an error code.
1706
1707 A GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1708
1709 Important:
1710 Only empty disks can be converted to MBR. Backup all data and delete all
1711 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1712
1713Example:
1714 CONVERT MBR
1715.
1716Language=Romanian
1717 Converts a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partition table
1718 into a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partititon table.
1719
1720Syntax: CONVERT MBR [NOERR]
1721
1722 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1723 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1724 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1725 with an error code.
1726
1727 A GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1728
1729 Important:
1730 Only empty disks can be converted to MBR. Backup all data and delete all
1731 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1732
1733Example:
1734 CONVERT MBR
1735.
1736Language=Russian
1737 Converts a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partition table
1738 into a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partititon table.
1739
1740Syntax: CONVERT MBR [NOERR]
1741
1742 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1743 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1744 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1745 with an error code.
1746
1747 A GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1748
1749 Important:
1750 Only empty disks can be converted to MBR. Backup all data and delete all
1751 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1752
1753Example:
1754 CONVERT MBR
1755.
1756Language=Albanian
1757 Converts a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partition table
1758 into a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partititon table.
1759
1760Syntax: CONVERT MBR [NOERR]
1761
1762 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1763 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1764 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1765 with an error code.
1766
1767 A GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1768
1769 Important:
1770 Only empty disks can be converted to MBR. Backup all data and delete all
1771 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1772
1773Example:
1774 CONVERT MBR
1775.
1776Language=Turkish
1777 Converts a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partition table
1778 into a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partititon table.
1779
1780Syntax: CONVERT MBR [NOERR]
1781
1782 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1783 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1784 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1785 with an error code.
1786
1787 A GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1788
1789 Important:
1790 Only empty disks can be converted to MBR. Backup all data and delete all
1791 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1792
1793Example:
1794 CONVERT MBR
1795.
1796Language=Chinese
1797 Converts a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partition table
1798 into a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partititon table.
1799
1800Syntax: CONVERT MBR [NOERR]
1801
1802 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1803 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1804 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1805 with an error code.
1806
1807 A GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1808
1809 Important:
1810 Only empty disks can be converted to MBR. Backup all data and delete all
1811 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1812
1813Example:
1814 CONVERT MBR
1815.
1816Language=Taiwanese
1817 Converts a disk with a GPT (GUID partititon table) partition table
1818 into a disk with an MBR (Master Boot Record) partititon table.
1819
1820Syntax: CONVERT MBR [NOERR]
1821
1822 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1823 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1824 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1825 with an error code.
1826
1827 A GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1828
1829 Important:
1830 Only empty disks can be converted to MBR. Backup all data and delete all
1831 partitions or volumes before you convert the disk.
1832
1833Example:
1834 CONVERT MBR
1835.
1836
1837
1838MessageId=10012
1839SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_CREATE_PARTITION_EFI
1840Severity=Informational
1841Facility=System
1842Language=English
1843 Creates an Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) system partition on a GUID
1844 partition table (GPT) disk.
1845
1846Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EFI [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
1847
1848 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
1849 given, the partition continues until there is no more free
1850 space in the current region.
1851
1852 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
1853 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
1854 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
1855
1856 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1857 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1858 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1859 with an error code.
1860
1861 After the partition has been created, the focus is given to the new
1862 partition.
1863
1864 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1865
1866Example:
1867
1868 CREATE PARTITION EFI SIZE=1000
1869.
1870Language=German
1871 Erstellt eine EFI-Systempartition (Extensible Firmware Interface)
1872 auf einem GPT-Datenträger (GPT = GUID-Partitionstabelle).
1873
1874Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EFI [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
1875
1876 SIZE=<N> Die Größe der Partition in MB. Falls keine Größe angegeben
1877 ist, wird die Partition erweitert, bis im aktuellen Bereich
1878 kein freier Speicherplatz mehr vorhanden ist.
1879
1880 OFFSET=<N> Das Offset, in Kilobytes (KB), an dem die Partition
1881 erstellt wird. Falls kein Offset angegeben ist, wird
1882 die Partition im ersten Datenträgerbereich angelegt, der
1883 eine ausreichende Größe für die Partition hat.
1884
1885 NOERR Nur für Skripting. Bei einem Fehler setzt DiskPart die
1886 Verarbeitung von Befehlen fort, als sei der Fehler nicht
1887 aufgetreten. Ohne den Parameter NOERR wird DiskPart bei
1888 einem Fehler mit dem entsprechenden Fehlercode beendet.
1889
1890 Nachdem die Partition erstellt wurde, erhält die neue Partition
1891 den Fokus.
1892
1893 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss ein
1894 GPT-Basisdatenträger ausgewählt sein.
1895
1896Beispiel:
1897
1898 CREATE PARTITION EFI SIZE=1000
1899.
1900Language=Polish
1901 Creates an Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) system partition on a GUID
1902 partition table (GPT) disk.
1903
1904Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EFI [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
1905
1906 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
1907 given, the partition continues until there is no more free
1908 space in the current region.
1909
1910 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
1911 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
1912 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
1913
1914 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1915 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1916 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1917 with an error code.
1918
1919 After the partition has been created, the focus is given to the new
1920 partition.
1921
1922 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1923
1924Example:
1925
1926 CREATE PARTITION EFI SIZE=1000
1927.
1928Language=Portugese
1929 Creates an Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) system partition on a GUID
1930 partition table (GPT) disk.
1931
1932Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EFI [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
1933
1934 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
1935 given, the partition continues until there is no more free
1936 space in the current region.
1937
1938 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
1939 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
1940 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
1941
1942 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1943 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1944 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1945 with an error code.
1946
1947 After the partition has been created, the focus is given to the new
1948 partition.
1949
1950 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1951
1952Example:
1953
1954 CREATE PARTITION EFI SIZE=1000
1955.
1956Language=Romanian
1957 Creates an Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) system partition on a GUID
1958 partition table (GPT) disk.
1959
1960Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EFI [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
1961
1962 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
1963 given, the partition continues until there is no more free
1964 space in the current region.
1965
1966 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
1967 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
1968 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
1969
1970 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1971 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
1972 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
1973 with an error code.
1974
1975 After the partition has been created, the focus is given to the new
1976 partition.
1977
1978 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
1979
1980Example:
1981
1982 CREATE PARTITION EFI SIZE=1000
1983.
1984Language=Russian
1985 Creates an Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) system partition on a GUID
1986 partition table (GPT) disk.
1987
1988Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EFI [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
1989
1990 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
1991 given, the partition continues until there is no more free
1992 space in the current region.
1993
1994 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
1995 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
1996 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
1997
1998 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
1999 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2000 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2001 with an error code.
2002
2003 After the partition has been created, the focus is given to the new
2004 partition.
2005
2006 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2007
2008Example:
2009
2010 CREATE PARTITION EFI SIZE=1000
2011.
2012Language=Albanian
2013 Creates an Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) system partition on a GUID
2014 partition table (GPT) disk.
2015
2016Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EFI [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
2017
2018 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
2019 given, the partition continues until there is no more free
2020 space in the current region.
2021
2022 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
2023 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
2024 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
2025
2026 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2027 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2028 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2029 with an error code.
2030
2031 After the partition has been created, the focus is given to the new
2032 partition.
2033
2034 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2035
2036Example:
2037
2038 CREATE PARTITION EFI SIZE=1000
2039.
2040Language=Turkish
2041 Creates an Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) system partition on a GUID
2042 partition table (GPT) disk.
2043
2044Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EFI [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
2045
2046 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
2047 given, the partition continues until there is no more free
2048 space in the current region.
2049
2050 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
2051 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
2052 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
2053
2054 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2055 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2056 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2057 with an error code.
2058
2059 After the partition has been created, the focus is given to the new
2060 partition.
2061
2062 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2063
2064Example:
2065
2066 CREATE PARTITION EFI SIZE=1000
2067.
2068Language=Chinese
2069 Creates an Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) system partition on a GUID
2070 partition table (GPT) disk.
2071
2072Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EFI [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
2073
2074 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
2075 given, the partition continues until there is no more free
2076 space in the current region.
2077
2078 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
2079 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
2080 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
2081
2082 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2083 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2084 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2085 with an error code.
2086
2087 After the partition has been created, the focus is given to the new
2088 partition.
2089
2090 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2091
2092Example:
2093
2094 CREATE PARTITION EFI SIZE=1000
2095.
2096Language=Taiwanese
2097 Creates an Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) system partition on a GUID
2098 partition table (GPT) disk.
2099
2100Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EFI [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
2101
2102 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
2103 given, the partition continues until there is no more free
2104 space in the current region.
2105
2106 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
2107 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
2108 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
2109
2110 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2111 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2112 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2113 with an error code.
2114
2115 After the partition has been created, the focus is given to the new
2116 partition.
2117
2118 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2119
2120Example:
2121
2122 CREATE PARTITION EFI SIZE=1000
2123.
2124
2125
2126MessageId=10013
2127SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_CREATE_PARTITION_EXTENDED
2128Severity=Informational
2129Facility=System
2130Language=English
2131 Creates an extended partition on the disk with focus.
2132 Applies to master boot record (MBR) disks only.
2133
2134Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2135
2136 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
2137 given, the partition continues until there is no more free
2138 space in the extended partition.
2139
2140 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
2141 created. If no offset is given, the partition will start
2142 at the beginning of the first free space on the disk that
2143 is large enough to hold the new partition.
2144
2145 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
2146 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
2147 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
2148 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
2149
2150 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2151 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2152 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2153 with an error code.
2154
2155 After the partition has been created, the focus automatically shifts to the
2156 new partition. Only one extended partition can be created per disk. This
2157 command fails if you attempt to create an extended partition within another
2158 extended partition. You must create an extended partition before you can
2159 create logical partitions.
2160
2161 A basic MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2162
2163Example:
2164
2165 CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED SIZE=1000
2166.
2167Language=German
2168 Erstellt eine erweiterte Partition auf dem Datenträger, der den Fokus
2169 besitzt.
2170 Gilt nur für MBR-Datenträger (Master Boot Record).
2171
2172Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2173
2174 SIZE=<N> Die Größe der Partition in MB. Falls keine Größe angegeben
2175 ist, wird die Partition erweitert, bis auf der erweiterten
2176 Partition kein freier Speicherplatz mehr vorhanden ist.
2177
2178 OFFSET=<N> Das Offset, in Kilobyte (KB), in dem die Partition
2179 erstellt wird. Wird kein Offset angegeben, beginnt die
2180 Partition am Anfang des ersten freien Speicherplatz auf dem
2181 Datenträger, der eine ausreichende Größe für die neue Partition
2182 besitzt.
2183
2184 ALIGN=<N> Wird normalerweise bei Hardware-RAID-Arrays mit logischen
2185 Gerätenummern (LUN) zur Verbesserung der Leistung verwendet. Das
2186 Offset der Partition ist ein Vielfaches von <N>. Bei Angabe des
2187 Parameters OFFSET wird dieser auf das nächste Vielfache von <N>
2188 gerundet.
2189
2190 NOERR Nur für Skripting. Bei einem Fehler setzt DiskPart die
2191 Verarbeitung von Befehlen fort, als sei der Fehler nicht
2192 aufgetreten.
2193 Ohne den Parameter NOERR wird DiskPart bei einem Fehler mit
2194 dem entsprechenden Fehlercode beendet.
2195
2196 Nachdem die Partition erstellt wurde, wird der Fokus automatisch auf die
2197 neue Partition gesetzt. Auf jedem Datenträger kann jeweils nur eine
2198 erw. Partition erstellt werden. Dieser Befehl kann nicht ausgeführt
2199 werden, wenn versucht wird, eine erweiterte Partition innerhalb einer
2200 anderen erweiterten Partition zu erstellen. Sie müssen zuerst eine
2201 erweiterte Partition erstellen, bevor logische Partitionen erstellt werden
2202 können.
2203
2204 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss ein
2205 MBR-Basisdatenträger ausgewählt werden.
2206
2207Beispiel:
2208
2209 CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED SIZE=1000
2210.
2211Language=Polish
2212 Tworzy partycję rozszerzoną na dysku mającym fokus.
2213 Dotyczy tylko dysków z głównym rekordem rozruchowym (MBR).
2214
2215Składnia: CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2216
2217 SIZE=<N> Rozmiar partycji w megabajtach (MB). Jeśli nie podano
2218 rozmiaru, partycja zajmuje całe wolne miejsce na partycji
2219 rozszerzonej.
2220
2221 OFFSET=<N> Przesunięcie w kilobajtach (KB), przy którym zostanie
2222 utworzona partycja. Jeśli nie podano przesunięcia, partycja
2223 zostanie umieszczona na początku pierwszego wolnego miejsca
2224 na dysku, w którym się zmieści.
2225
2226 ALIGN=<N> Zazwyczaj używany z numerami jednostek logicznych (LUN)
2227 sprzętowych macierzy RAID w celu poprawienia wydajności.
2228 Przesunięcie partycji będzie wielokrotnością liczby <N>.
2229 Jeśli nie określono parametru OFFSET, jest ono zaokrąglane
2230 do najbliższej wielokrotności liczby <N>.
2231
2232 NOERR Tylko do obsługi skryptów. Po wystąpieniu błędu program
2233 DiskPart kontynuuje przetwarzanie poleceń tak, jakby błąd
2234 nie wystąpił. W przypadku braku parametru NOERR błąd powoduje
2235 zakończenie działania programu DiskPart i zwrócenie
2236 kodu błędu.
2237
2238 Po utworzeniu nowej partycji automatycznie otrzymuje ona fokus. Na każdym
2239 dysku można utworzyć tylko jedną partycję rozszerzoną. To polecenie
2240 zakończy się niepowodzeniem w przypadku próby utworzenia partycji
2241 rozszerzonej w obrębie innej partycji rozszerzonej. Konieczne jest
2242 utworzenie partycji rozszerzonej przed utworzeniem partycji logicznych.
2243
2244 Aby operacja została wykonana pomyślnie, musi być wybrany podstawowy
2245 dysk MBR.
2246
2247Przykład:
2248
2249 CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED SIZE=1000
2250.
2251Language=Portugese
2252 Creates an extended partition on the disk with focus.
2253 Applies to master boot record (MBR) disks only.
2254
2255Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2256
2257 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
2258 given, the partition continues until there is no more free
2259 space in the extended partition.
2260
2261 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
2262 created. If no offset is given, the partition will start
2263 at the beginning of the first free space on the disk that
2264 is large enough to hold the new partition.
2265
2266 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
2267 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
2268 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
2269 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
2270
2271 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2272 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2273 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2274 with an error code.
2275
2276 After the partition has been created, the focus automatically shifts to the
2277 new partition. Only one extended partition can be created per disk. This
2278 command fails if you attempt to create an extended partition within another
2279 extended partition. You must create an extended partition before you can
2280 create logical partitions.
2281
2282 A basic MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2283
2284Example:
2285
2286 CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED SIZE=1000
2287.
2288Language=Romanian
2289 Crează o partiție extinsă pe discul în cauză.
2290 Se aplică doar la discurile cu Registrul principal de inițializare (MBR).
2291
2292Sintaxă: CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2293
2294 SIZE=<N> Mărimea partiției în megaocteți (Mo). Dacă nu este dată nicio
2295 mărime, partiția continuă până când nu mai este spațiu liber
2296 în partiția extinsă.
2297
2298 OFFSET=<N> Decalajul, în kiloocteți (Ko), la care partiția este creată.
2299 Dacă nu este dat niciun decalaj, partiția va începe de la
2300 primul spațiu liber de pe disc ce este suficient de mare ca
2301 să țină noua partiție.
2302
2303 ALIGN=<N> De obicei, folosit cu matrici de dispozitive cu Număr de
2304 unitate logică (LUN) RAID pentru a îmbunătăți performanța.
2305 Decalajul partiției va fi un multiplu a lui <N>. Dacă este
2306 specificat parametrul OFFSET, va fi rotunjit la cel mai
2307 apropiat multiplu a lui <N>.
2308
2309 NOERR Doar pentru scriere de fișiere script. Când apare o eroare,
2310 programul DiskPart continuă să proceseze comenzi ca și când
2311 eroarea nu ar fi apărut. Fără parametrul NOERR, o eroare
2312 cauzează programul DiskPart să se închidă cu un cod de eroare.
2313
2314 După ce a fost creată partiția, marcajul se mută automat pe noua
2315 partiție. Doar o singură partiție extinsă poate fi creată pe un disc.
2316 Această comandă eșuează dacă încercați să creați o partiție extinsă
2317 în altă partiție extinsă. Trebuie să creați o partiție extinsă
2318 înainte de a crea partiții logice.
2319
2320 Un disc MBR de bază trebuie să fie selectat pentru ca această operațiune
2321 să aibă succes.
2322
2323De exemplu:
2324
2325 CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED SIZE=1000
2326.
2327Language=Russian
2328 Creates an extended partition on the disk with focus.
2329 Applies to master boot record (MBR) disks only.
2330
2331Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2332
2333 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
2334 given, the partition continues until there is no more free
2335 space in the extended partition.
2336
2337 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
2338 created. If no offset is given, the partition will start
2339 at the beginning of the first free space on the disk that
2340 is large enough to hold the new partition.
2341
2342 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
2343 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
2344 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
2345 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
2346
2347 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2348 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2349 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2350 with an error code.
2351
2352 After the partition has been created, the focus automatically shifts to the
2353 new partition. Only one extended partition can be created per disk. This
2354 command fails if you attempt to create an extended partition within another
2355 extended partition. You must create an extended partition before you can
2356 create logical partitions.
2357
2358 A basic MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2359
2360Example:
2361
2362 CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED SIZE=1000
2363.
2364Language=Albanian
2365 Creates an extended partition on the disk with focus.
2366 Applies to master boot record (MBR) disks only.
2367
2368Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2369
2370 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
2371 given, the partition continues until there is no more free
2372 space in the extended partition.
2373
2374 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
2375 created. If no offset is given, the partition will start
2376 at the beginning of the first free space on the disk that
2377 is large enough to hold the new partition.
2378
2379 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
2380 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
2381 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
2382 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
2383
2384 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2385 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2386 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2387 with an error code.
2388
2389 After the partition has been created, the focus automatically shifts to the
2390 new partition. Only one extended partition can be created per disk. This
2391 command fails if you attempt to create an extended partition within another
2392 extended partition. You must create an extended partition before you can
2393 create logical partitions.
2394
2395 A basic MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2396
2397Example:
2398
2399 CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED SIZE=1000
2400.
2401Language=Turkish
2402 Creates an extended partition on the disk with focus.
2403 Applies to master boot record (MBR) disks only.
2404
2405Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2406
2407 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
2408 given, the partition continues until there is no more free
2409 space in the extended partition.
2410
2411 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
2412 created. If no offset is given, the partition will start
2413 at the beginning of the first free space on the disk that
2414 is large enough to hold the new partition.
2415
2416 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
2417 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
2418 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
2419 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
2420
2421 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2422 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2423 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2424 with an error code.
2425
2426 After the partition has been created, the focus automatically shifts to the
2427 new partition. Only one extended partition can be created per disk. This
2428 command fails if you attempt to create an extended partition within another
2429 extended partition. You must create an extended partition before you can
2430 create logical partitions.
2431
2432 A basic MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2433
2434Example:
2435
2436 CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED SIZE=1000
2437.
2438Language=Chinese
2439 Creates an extended partition on the disk with focus.
2440 Applies to master boot record (MBR) disks only.
2441
2442Syntax: CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2443
2444 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
2445 given, the partition continues until there is no more free
2446 space in the extended partition.
2447
2448 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
2449 created. If no offset is given, the partition will start
2450 at the beginning of the first free space on the disk that
2451 is large enough to hold the new partition.
2452
2453 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
2454 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
2455 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
2456 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
2457
2458 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2459 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2460 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2461 with an error code.
2462
2463 After the partition has been created, the focus automatically shifts to the
2464 new partition. Only one extended partition can be created per disk. This
2465 command fails if you attempt to create an extended partition within another
2466 extended partition. You must create an extended partition before you can
2467 create logical partitions.
2468
2469 A basic MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2470
2471Example:
2472
2473 CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED SIZE=1000
2474.
2475Language=Taiwanese
2476 在已選擇的磁碟上建立一個延伸磁碟分割。
2477 只適用於主開機記錄 (MBR) 磁碟。
2478
2479語法: CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2480
2481 SIZE=<N> 磁碟分割大小 (單位為 MB)。如果沒有提供大小，
2482 磁碟分割會繼續，直至目前區域沒有任何可用空間。
2483
2484 OFFSET=<N> 建立磁碟分割所在的位移 (單位為 KB)。如果沒有指定位移，
2485 磁碟分割會從磁碟上可容納新磁碟分割的
2486 第一個可用空間的開頭開始。
2487
2488 ALIGN=<N> 通常與硬體 RAID 邏輯單元編號 (LUN) 陣列搭配使用以增進效能。
2489 延伸位移將會是 <N> 的倍數。如果指定了 OFFSET 參數，
2490 它會取至最接近的 <N> 的倍數。
2491
2492 NOERR 只限指令碼。當發生錯誤時，DiskPart 會繼續處理命令，
2493 如同沒有發生任何錯誤一樣。如果沒有使用 NOERR 參數，
2494 錯誤會導致 DiskPart 結束，並傳回錯誤碼。
2495
2496 在磁碟分割建立完成後，焦點將自動給予新磁碟分割。
2497 每個磁碟只能建立一個延伸磁碟分割。如果您嘗試在一個延伸磁碟分割中
2498 建立另一個延伸磁碟分割，命令將會執行失敗。
2499 您必須先建立一個延伸磁碟分割，然後才能建立邏輯磁碟分割。
2500
2501 您必須先選擇基本 MBR 磁碟，才能完成這個操作。
2502
2503範例:
2504
2505 CREATE PARTITION EXTENDED SIZE=1000
2506.
2507
2508
2509MessageId=10014
2510SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_CREATE_PARTITION_LOGICAL
2511Severity=Informational
2512Facility=System
2513Language=English
2514 Creates a logical partition in an extended partition.
2515 Applies to master boot record (MBR) disks only.
2516
2517Syntax: CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2518
2519 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). The partition is
2520 at least as big in bytes as the number specified by N. If you
2521 specify a size for the logical partition, it must be smaller
2522 than the extended partition. If no size is given, the partition
2523 continues until there is no more free space in the extended
2524 partition.
2525
2526 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is created.
2527 If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the first disk
2528 extent that is large enough to hold it.
2529
2530 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
2531 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
2532 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
2533 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
2534
2535 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2536 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2537 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2538 with an error code.
2539
2540 After the partition has been created, the focus automatically shifts to the
2541 new logical partition.
2542
2543 A basic MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2544
2545Example:
2546
2547 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=1000
2548.
2549Language=German
2550 Erstellt eine logische Partition in einer erweiterten Partition.
2551 Gilt nur für MBR-Datenträger (Master Boot Record).
2552
2553Syntax: CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2554
2555 SIZE=<N> Die Größe der Partition in MB. Die Länge der Partition in MB.
2556 Die Länge der Partition in Byte entspricht mindestens dem durch
2557 N angegebenen Wert. Wenn Sie eine Größe für die logische
2558 Partition angeben, muss diese kleiner sein als die erweiterte
2559 Partition. Falls keine Größe angegeben ist, wird die Partition
2560 erweitert, bis sie den gesamten freien Speicherplatz im
2561 Bereich umfasst.
2562
2563 OFFSET=<N> Das Offset, in Kilobyte (KB), an dem die Partition erstellt
2564 wird. Falls kein Offset angegeben ist, wird die Partition im
2565 ersten Datenträgerbereich erstellt, der eine ausreichende Größe
2566 für die Partition hat.
2567
2568 ALIGN=<N> Wird normalerweise bei Hardware-RAID-Arrays mit logischen
2569 Gerätenummern (LUN) zur Verbesserung der Leistung verwendet. Das
2570 Offset der Partition ist ein Vielfaches von <N>. Bei Angabe des
2571 Parameters OFFSET wird dieser auf das nächste Vielfache von <N>
2572 gerundet.
2573
2574 NOERR Nur für Skripting. Bei einem Fehler setzt DiskPart die
2575 Verarbeitung von Befehlen fort, als sei der Fehler nicht
2576 aufgetreten. Ohne den Parameter NOERR wird DiskPart bei einem
2577 Fehler mit dem entsprechenden Fehlercode beendet.
2578
2579 Nachdem die Partition erstellt wurde, wird der Fokus automatisch auf die
2580 neue logische Partition gesetzt.
2581
2582 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss ein
2583 MBR-Basisdatenträger ausgewählt sein.
2584
2585Beispiel:
2586
2587 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=1000
2588.
2589Language=Polish
2590 Tworzy partycję logiczną w obrębie partycji rozszerzonej.
2591 Dotyczy tylko dysków z głównym rekordem rozruchowym (MBR).
2592
2593Składnia: CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2594
2595 SIZE=<N> Rozmiar partycji w megabajtach (MB). Partycja ma przynajmniej
2596 taki rozmiar w bajtach, jak podana liczba N.
2597 Określany rozmiar partycji logicznej musi być mniejszy od
2598 rozmiaru partycji rozszerzonej. Jeśli nie podano rozmiaru,
2599 partycja zajmuje całe wolne miejsce w bieżącym obszarze.
2600
2601 OFFSET=<N> Przesunięcie w kilobajtach (KB), przy którym zostanie utworzona
2602 partycja. Jeśli nie podano przesunięcia, partycja zostanie
2603 umieszczona w pierwszym zakresie dysku, w którym się zmieści.
2604
2605 ALIGN=<N> Zazwyczaj używany z numerami jednostek logicznych (LUN)
2606 sprzętowych macierzy RAID w celu poprawienia wydajności.
2607 Przesunięcie partycji będzie wielokrotnością liczby <N>.
2608 Jeśli nie określono parametru OFFSET, jest ono zaokrąglane
2609 do najbliższej wielokrotności liczby <N>.
2610
2611 NOERR Tylko do obsługi skryptów. Po wystąpieniu błędu program DiskPart
2612 kontynuuje przetwarzanie poleceń tak, jakby błąd nie wystąpił.
2613 W przypadku braku parametru NOERR błąd powoduje, zakończenie
2614 działania programu DiskPart i zwrócenie kodu błędu.
2615
2616 Po utworzeniu nowej partycji logicznej automatycznie otrzymuje ona fokus.
2617
2618 Aby operacja została wykonana pomyślnie, musi być wybrany podstawowy
2619 dysk MBR.
2620
2621Przykład:
2622
2623 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=1000
2624.
2625Language=Portugese
2626 Creates a logical partition in an extended partition.
2627 Applies to master boot record (MBR) disks only.
2628
2629Syntax: CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2630
2631 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). The partition is
2632 at least as big in bytes as the number specified by N. If you
2633 specify a size for the logical partition, it must be smaller
2634 than the extended partition. If no size is given, the partition
2635 continues until there is no more free space in the extended
2636 partition.
2637
2638 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is created.
2639 If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the first disk
2640 extent that is large enough to hold it.
2641
2642 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
2643 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
2644 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
2645 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
2646
2647 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2648 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2649 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2650 with an error code.
2651
2652 After the partition has been created, the focus automatically shifts to the
2653 new logical partition.
2654
2655 A basic MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2656
2657Example:
2658
2659 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=1000
2660.
2661Language=Romanian
2662 Crează o partiție logică într-o partiție extinsă.
2663 Se aplică doar la discurile cu Registrul principal de inițializare (MBR).
2664
2665Sintaxă: CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2666
2667 SIZE=<N> Mărimea partiției în megaocteți (Mo). Partiția e cel puțin
2668 la fel de mare în octeți ca numărul specificat de N. Dacă
2669 specificați o dimensiune pentru partiția logică, aceasta
2670 trebuie să fie mai mică decât partiția logică. Dacă nu este
2671 dată nicio mărime, partiția continuă până când nu mai este
2672 spațiu liber pe partiția extinsă.
2673
2674 OFFSET=<N> Decalajul, în kiloocteți (Ko), la care partiția e creată.
2675 Dacă nu este dat niciun decalaj, partiția e situată pe prima
2676 expansiune a discului ce e suficient de mare ca să o țină.
2677
2678 ALIGN=<N> Folosită de obicei cu Numărul unității logice (LUN) RAID
2679 a șirurilor de dispozitive pentru a îmbunătăți performanța.
2680 Decalajul partiției va fi un multiplu a lui <N>. Dacă
2681 parametrul OFFSET este specificat, va fi rotunjit la cel mai
2682 apropiat multiplu a lui <N>.
2683
2684 NOERR Doar pentru scriere de fișiere script. Când apare o eroare,
2685 programul DiskPart continuă să proceseze comenzi ca și când
2686 eroarea nu ar fi apărut. Fără parametrul NOERR, o eroare
2687 cauzează programul DiskPart să se închidă cu un cod de eroare.
2688
2689 După ce a fost creată partiția, marcajul se mută automat pe
2690 noua partiție logică.
2691
2692 Un disc MBR de bază trebuie să fie selectat pentru ca această operațiune
2693 să reușească.
2694
2695De exemplu:
2696
2697 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=1000
2698.
2699Language=Russian
2700 Creates a logical partition in an extended partition.
2701 Applies to master boot record (MBR) disks only.
2702
2703Syntax: CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2704
2705 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). The partition is
2706 at least as big in bytes as the number specified by N. If you
2707 specify a size for the logical partition, it must be smaller
2708 than the extended partition. If no size is given, the partition
2709 continues until there is no more free space in the extended
2710 partition.
2711
2712 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is created.
2713 If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the first disk
2714 extent that is large enough to hold it.
2715
2716 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
2717 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
2718 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
2719 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
2720
2721 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2722 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2723 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2724 with an error code.
2725
2726 After the partition has been created, the focus automatically shifts to the
2727 new logical partition.
2728
2729 A basic MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2730
2731Example:
2732
2733 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=1000
2734.
2735Language=Albanian
2736 Creates a logical partition in an extended partition.
2737 Applies to master boot record (MBR) disks only.
2738
2739Syntax: CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2740
2741 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). The partition is
2742 at least as big in bytes as the number specified by N. If you
2743 specify a size for the logical partition, it must be smaller
2744 than the extended partition. If no size is given, the partition
2745 continues until there is no more free space in the extended
2746 partition.
2747
2748 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is created.
2749 If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the first disk
2750 extent that is large enough to hold it.
2751
2752 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
2753 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
2754 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
2755 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
2756
2757 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2758 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2759 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2760 with an error code.
2761
2762 After the partition has been created, the focus automatically shifts to the
2763 new logical partition.
2764
2765 A basic MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2766
2767Example:
2768
2769 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=1000
2770.
2771Language=Turkish
2772 Creates a logical partition in an extended partition.
2773 Applies to master boot record (MBR) disks only.
2774
2775Syntax: CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2776
2777 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). The partition is
2778 at least as big in bytes as the number specified by N. If you
2779 specify a size for the logical partition, it must be smaller
2780 than the extended partition. If no size is given, the partition
2781 continues until there is no more free space in the extended
2782 partition.
2783
2784 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is created.
2785 If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the first disk
2786 extent that is large enough to hold it.
2787
2788 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
2789 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
2790 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
2791 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
2792
2793 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2794 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2795 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2796 with an error code.
2797
2798 After the partition has been created, the focus automatically shifts to the
2799 new logical partition.
2800
2801 A basic MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2802
2803Example:
2804
2805 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=1000
2806.
2807Language=Chinese
2808 Creates a logical partition in an extended partition.
2809 Applies to master boot record (MBR) disks only.
2810
2811Syntax: CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2812
2813 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). The partition is
2814 at least as big in bytes as the number specified by N. If you
2815 specify a size for the logical partition, it must be smaller
2816 than the extended partition. If no size is given, the partition
2817 continues until there is no more free space in the extended
2818 partition.
2819
2820 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is created.
2821 If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the first disk
2822 extent that is large enough to hold it.
2823
2824 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
2825 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
2826 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
2827 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
2828
2829 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2830 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2831 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2832 with an error code.
2833
2834 After the partition has been created, the focus automatically shifts to the
2835 new logical partition.
2836
2837 A basic MBR disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2838
2839Example:
2840
2841 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=1000
2842.
2843Language=Taiwanese
2844 在延伸磁碟分割內建立一個邏輯磁碟分割。
2845 只適用於主開機記錄 (MBR) 磁碟。
2846
2847語法: CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
2848
2849 SIZE=<N> 磁碟分割大小 (單位為 MB)。磁碟分割的大小至少為 N 所指定的
2850 大小 (位元組)。如果您指定邏輯磁碟分割的大小，它必須小於
2851 延伸磁碟分割。如果沒有提供大小，磁碟分割會繼續，
2852 直至延伸磁碟分割沒有任何可用空間。
2853
2854 OFFSET=<N> 建立磁碟分割所在的位移 (單位為 KB)。如果沒有指定位移，
2855 磁碟分割會從磁碟上可容納新磁碟分割的
2856 第一個可用空間的開頭開始。
2857
2858 ALIGN=<N> 通常與硬體 RAID 邏輯單元編號 (LUN) 陣列搭配使用以增進效能。
2859 延伸位移將會是 <N> 的倍數。如果指定了 OFFSET 參數，
2860 它會取至最接近的 <N> 的倍數。
2861
2862 NOERR 只限指令碼。當發生錯誤時，DiskPart 會繼續處理命令，
2863 如同沒有發生任何錯誤一樣。如果沒有使用 NOERR 參數，
2864 錯誤會導致 DiskPart 結束，並傳回錯誤碼。
2865
2866 在磁碟分割建立完成後，焦點將自動給予新的邏輯磁碟分割。
2867
2868 您必須先選擇基本 MBR 磁碟，才能完成這個操作。
2869
2870範例:
2871
2872 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=1000
2873.
2874
2875
2876MessageId=10015
2877SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_CREATE_PARTITION_MSR
2878Severity=Informational
2879Facility=System
2880Language=English
2881 Creates a Microsoft Reserved (MSR) partition on a GUID partition table
2882 (GPT) disk.
2883
2884Syntax: CREATE PARTITION MSR [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
2885
2886 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). The partition is
2887 at least as big in bytes as the number specified by N. If no
2888 size is given, the partition continues until there is no more
2889 free space in the current region.
2890
2891 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
2892 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
2893 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
2894
2895 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2896 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2897 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2898 with an error code.
2899
2900 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2901
2902 Caution:
2903
2904 Be very careful when using this command. Because GPT disks require a
2905 specific partition layout, creating Microsoft Reserved partitions could
2906 cause the disk to become unreadable. On GPT disks that are used to boot
2907 ReactOS, the EFI System partition is the first partition on the disk,
2908 followed by the Microsoft Reserved partition. GPT disks used only for
2909 data storage do not have an EFI System partition, in which case the
2910 Microsoft Reserved partition is the first partition.
2911
2912 ReactOS does not online Microsoft Reserved partitions. You cannot store data
2913 on them and you cannot delete them.
2914
2915Example:
2916
2917 CREATE PARTITION MSR SIZE=1000
2918.
2919Language=German
2920 Erstellt eine MSR-Partition (Microsoft Reserved) auf einem GPT-Datenträger
2921 (GPT = GUID-Partitionstabelle).
2922
2923Syntax: CREATE PARTITION MSR [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
2924
2925 SIZE=<N> Die Größe der Partition in MB. Die Länge der Partition in
2926 Byte entspricht mindestens dem durch N angegebenen Wert. Falls
2927 keine Größe angegeben ist, wird die Partition erweitert, bis
2928 sie den gesamten freien Speicherplatz im aktuellen Bereich
2929 umfasst.
2930
2931 OFFSET=<N> Das Offset, in Kilobyte (KB), an dem die Partition erstellt
2932 wird. Falls kein Offset angegeben ist, wird die Partition im
2933 ersten Datenträgerbereich erstellt, der eine ausreichende Größe
2934 für die Partition hat.
2935
2936 NOERR Nur für Skripting. Bei einem Fehler setzt DiskPart die
2937 Verarbeitung von Befehlen fort, als sei der Fehler nicht.
2938 Ohne den Parameter NOERR wird DiskPart bei einem Fehler mit dem
2939 entsprechenden Fehlercode beendet.
2940
2941 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss ein GPT-
2942 Basisdatenträger ausgewählt sein.
2943
2944 Achtung:
2945
2946 Gehen Sie bei Verwendung dieses Befehls mit äußerster Vorsicht vor.
2947 Da GPT-Datenträger ein bestimmtes Partitionslayout erfordern, könnte
2948 der Datenträger beim Erstellen von MSR-Partitionen unlesbar werden.
2949 Auf GPT-Datenträgern, die zum Starten von ReactOS verwendet werden, ist
2950 die EFI-Systempartition die erste Partition auf dem Datenträger,
2951 gefolgt von der MSR-Partition. GPT-Datenträger, die nur zum Speichern
2952 von Daten verwendet werden, haben keine, EFI-Systempartition. Die
2953 MSR-Partition ist daher in einem solchen Fall die erste Partition.
2954
2955 Von ReactOS werden online keine MSR-Partitionen bereitgestellt.
2956 Auf MSR-Partitionen können Sie keine Daten speichern, und Sie können
2957 MSR-Partitionen nicht löschen.
2958
2959Beispiel:
2960
2961 CREATE PARTITION MSR SIZE=1000
2962.
2963Language=Polish
2964 Creates a Microsoft Reserved (MSR) partition on a GUID partition table
2965 (GPT) disk.
2966
2967Syntax: CREATE PARTITION MSR [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
2968
2969 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). The partition is
2970 at least as big in bytes as the number specified by N. If no
2971 size is given, the partition continues until there is no more
2972 free space in the current region.
2973
2974 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
2975 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
2976 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
2977
2978 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
2979 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
2980 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
2981 with an error code.
2982
2983 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
2984
2985 Caution:
2986
2987 Be very careful when using this command. Because GPT disks require a
2988 specific partition layout, creating Microsoft Reserved partitions could
2989 cause the disk to become unreadable. On GPT disks that are used to boot
2990 ReactOS, the EFI System partition is the first partition on the disk,
2991 followed by the Microsoft Reserved partition. GPT disks used only for
2992 data storage do not have an EFI System partition, in which case the
2993 Microsoft Reserved partition is the first partition.
2994
2995 ReactOS does not online Microsoft Reserved partitions. You cannot store data
2996 on them and you cannot delete them.
2997
2998Example:
2999
3000 CREATE PARTITION MSR SIZE=1000
3001.
3002Language=Portugese
3003 Creates a Microsoft Reserved (MSR) partition on a GUID partition table
3004 (GPT) disk.
3005
3006Syntax: CREATE PARTITION MSR [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
3007
3008 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). The partition is
3009 at least as big in bytes as the number specified by N. If no
3010 size is given, the partition continues until there is no more
3011 free space in the current region.
3012
3013 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
3014 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
3015 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
3016
3017 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
3018 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
3019 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
3020 with an error code.
3021
3022 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
3023
3024 Caution:
3025
3026 Be very careful when using this command. Because GPT disks require a
3027 specific partition layout, creating Microsoft Reserved partitions could
3028 cause the disk to become unreadable. On GPT disks that are used to boot
3029 ReactOS, the EFI System partition is the first partition on the disk,
3030 followed by the Microsoft Reserved partition. GPT disks used only for
3031 data storage do not have an EFI System partition, in which case the
3032 Microsoft Reserved partition is the first partition.
3033
3034 ReactOS does not online Microsoft Reserved partitions. You cannot store data
3035 on them and you cannot delete them.
3036
3037Example:
3038
3039 CREATE PARTITION MSR SIZE=1000
3040.
3041Language=Romanian
3042 Creates a Microsoft Reserved (MSR) partition on a GUID partition table
3043 (GPT) disk.
3044
3045Syntax: CREATE PARTITION MSR [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
3046
3047 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). The partition is
3048 at least as big in bytes as the number specified by N. If no
3049 size is given, the partition continues until there is no more
3050 free space in the current region.
3051
3052 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
3053 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
3054 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
3055
3056 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
3057 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
3058 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
3059 with an error code.
3060
3061 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
3062
3063 Caution:
3064
3065 Be very careful when using this command. Because GPT disks require a
3066 specific partition layout, creating Microsoft Reserved partitions could
3067 cause the disk to become unreadable. On GPT disks that are used to boot
3068 ReactOS, the EFI System partition is the first partition on the disk,
3069 followed by the Microsoft Reserved partition. GPT disks used only for
3070 data storage do not have an EFI System partition, in which case the
3071 Microsoft Reserved partition is the first partition.
3072
3073 ReactOS does not online Microsoft Reserved partitions. You cannot store data
3074 on them and you cannot delete them.
3075
3076Example:
3077
3078 CREATE PARTITION MSR SIZE=1000
3079.
3080Language=Russian
3081 Creates a Microsoft Reserved (MSR) partition on a GUID partition table
3082 (GPT) disk.
3083
3084Syntax: CREATE PARTITION MSR [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
3085
3086 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). The partition is
3087 at least as big in bytes as the number specified by N. If no
3088 size is given, the partition continues until there is no more
3089 free space in the current region.
3090
3091 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
3092 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
3093 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
3094
3095 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
3096 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
3097 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
3098 with an error code.
3099
3100 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
3101
3102 Caution:
3103
3104 Be very careful when using this command. Because GPT disks require a
3105 specific partition layout, creating Microsoft Reserved partitions could
3106 cause the disk to become unreadable. On GPT disks that are used to boot
3107 ReactOS, the EFI System partition is the first partition on the disk,
3108 followed by the Microsoft Reserved partition. GPT disks used only for
3109 data storage do not have an EFI System partition, in which case the
3110 Microsoft Reserved partition is the first partition.
3111
3112 ReactOS does not online Microsoft Reserved partitions. You cannot store data
3113 on them and you cannot delete them.
3114
3115Example:
3116
3117 CREATE PARTITION MSR SIZE=1000
3118.
3119Language=Albanian
3120 Creates a Microsoft Reserved (MSR) partition on a GUID partition table
3121 (GPT) disk.
3122
3123Syntax: CREATE PARTITION MSR [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
3124
3125 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). The partition is
3126 at least as big in bytes as the number specified by N. If no
3127 size is given, the partition continues until there is no more
3128 free space in the current region.
3129
3130 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
3131 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
3132 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
3133
3134 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
3135 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
3136 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
3137 with an error code.
3138
3139 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
3140
3141 Caution:
3142
3143 Be very careful when using this command. Because GPT disks require a
3144 specific partition layout, creating Microsoft Reserved partitions could
3145 cause the disk to become unreadable. On GPT disks that are used to boot
3146 ReactOS, the EFI System partition is the first partition on the disk,
3147 followed by the Microsoft Reserved partition. GPT disks used only for
3148 data storage do not have an EFI System partition, in which case the
3149 Microsoft Reserved partition is the first partition.
3150
3151 ReactOS does not online Microsoft Reserved partitions. You cannot store data
3152 on them and you cannot delete them.
3153
3154Example:
3155
3156 CREATE PARTITION MSR SIZE=1000
3157.
3158Language=Turkish
3159 Creates a Microsoft Reserved (MSR) partition on a GUID partition table
3160 (GPT) disk.
3161
3162Syntax: CREATE PARTITION MSR [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
3163
3164 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). The partition is
3165 at least as big in bytes as the number specified by N. If no
3166 size is given, the partition continues until there is no more
3167 free space in the current region.
3168
3169 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
3170 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
3171 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
3172
3173 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
3174 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
3175 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
3176 with an error code.
3177
3178 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
3179
3180 Caution:
3181
3182 Be very careful when using this command. Because GPT disks require a
3183 specific partition layout, creating Microsoft Reserved partitions could
3184 cause the disk to become unreadable. On GPT disks that are used to boot
3185 ReactOS, the EFI System partition is the first partition on the disk,
3186 followed by the Microsoft Reserved partition. GPT disks used only for
3187 data storage do not have an EFI System partition, in which case the
3188 Microsoft Reserved partition is the first partition.
3189
3190 ReactOS does not online Microsoft Reserved partitions. You cannot store data
3191 on them and you cannot delete them.
3192
3193Example:
3194
3195 CREATE PARTITION MSR SIZE=1000
3196.
3197Language=Chinese
3198 Creates a Microsoft Reserved (MSR) partition on a GUID partition table
3199 (GPT) disk.
3200
3201Syntax: CREATE PARTITION MSR [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
3202
3203 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). The partition is
3204 at least as big in bytes as the number specified by N. If no
3205 size is given, the partition continues until there is no more
3206 free space in the current region.
3207
3208 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
3209 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
3210 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
3211
3212 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
3213 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
3214 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
3215 with an error code.
3216
3217 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
3218
3219 Caution:
3220
3221 Be very careful when using this command. Because GPT disks require a
3222 specific partition layout, creating Microsoft Reserved partitions could
3223 cause the disk to become unreadable. On GPT disks that are used to boot
3224 ReactOS, the EFI System partition is the first partition on the disk,
3225 followed by the Microsoft Reserved partition. GPT disks used only for
3226 data storage do not have an EFI System partition, in which case the
3227 Microsoft Reserved partition is the first partition.
3228
3229 ReactOS does not online Microsoft Reserved partitions. You cannot store data
3230 on them and you cannot delete them.
3231
3232Example:
3233
3234 CREATE PARTITION MSR SIZE=1000
3235.
3236Language=Taiwanese
3237 Creates a Microsoft Reserved (MSR) partition on a GUID partition table
3238 (GPT) disk.
3239
3240Syntax: CREATE PARTITION MSR [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [NOERR]
3241
3242 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). The partition is
3243 at least as big in bytes as the number specified by N. If no
3244 size is given, the partition continues until there is no more
3245 free space in the current region.
3246
3247 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is
3248 created. If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the
3249 first disk extent that is large enough to hold it.
3250
3251 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
3252 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
3253 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
3254 with an error code.
3255
3256 A basic GPT disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
3257
3258 Caution:
3259
3260 Be very careful when using this command. Because GPT disks require a
3261 specific partition layout, creating Microsoft Reserved partitions could
3262 cause the disk to become unreadable. On GPT disks that are used to boot
3263 ReactOS, the EFI System partition is the first partition on the disk,
3264 followed by the Microsoft Reserved partition. GPT disks used only for
3265 data storage do not have an EFI System partition, in which case the
3266 Microsoft Reserved partition is the first partition.
3267
3268 ReactOS does not online Microsoft Reserved partitions. You cannot store data
3269 on them and you cannot delete them.
3270
3271Example:
3272
3273 CREATE PARTITION MSR SIZE=1000
3274.
3275
3276
3277MessageId=10016
3278SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_CREATE_PARTITION_PRIMARY
3279Severity=Informational
3280Facility=System
3281Language=English
3282 Creates a primary partition on the basic disk with focus.
3283
3284Syntax: CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}]
3285 [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
3286
3287 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
3288 given, the partition continues until there is no more
3289 unallocated space in the current region.
3290
3291 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is created.
3292 If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the first disk
3293 extent that is large enough to hold it.
3294
3295 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
3296
3297 Specifies the partition type.
3298
3299 Intended for Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) use only.
3300
3301 For master boot record (MBR) disks, you can specify a partition
3302 type byte, in hexadecimal form, for the partition. If this
3303 parameter is not specified for an MBR disk, the command creates
3304 a partition of type 0x06 (specifies no file system is installed).
3305
3306 LDM data partition:
3307 0x42
3308
3309 Recovery partition:
3310 0x27
3311
3312 Recognized OEM Ids:
3313 0x12
3314 0x84
3315 0xDE
3316 0xFE
3317 0xA0
3318
3319 For GUID partition table (GPT) disks you can specify a
3320 partition type GUID for the partition you want to create.
3321 Recognized GUIDs include:
3322
3323 EFI System partition:
3324 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
3325
3326 Microsoft Reserved partition:
3327 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215ae
3328
3329 Basic data partition:
3330 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
3331
3332 LDM Metadata partition on a dynamic disk:
3333 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
3334
3335 LDM Data partition on a dynamic disk:
3336 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
3337
3338 Recovery partition:
3339 de94bba4-06d1-4d40-a16a-bfd50179d6ac
3340
3341 If this parameter is not specified for a GPT disk, the command
3342 creates a basic data partition.
3343
3344 Any partition type byte or GUID can be specified with this
3345 parameter. DiskPart does not check the partition type for
3346 validity except to ensure that it is a byte in hexadecimal form
3347 or a GUID.
3348
3349 Caution:
3350
3351 Creating partitions with this parameter might cause your
3352 computer to fail or be unable to start up. Unless you are
3353 an OEM or an IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do
3354 not create partitions on GPT disks using this parameter.
3355 Instead, always use the CREATE PARTITION EFI command to
3356 create EFI System partitions, the CREATE PARTITION MSR
3357 command to create Microsoft Reserved partitions, and the
3358 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY command without this parameter to
3359 create primary partitions on GPT disks.
3360
3361 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
3362 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
3363 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
3364 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
3365
3366 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
3367 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
3368 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
3369 with an error code.
3370
3371 After you create the partition, the focus automatically shifts to the new
3372 partition. The partition does not receive a drive letter. You must use the
3373 assign command to assign a drive letter to the partition.
3374
3375 A basic disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
3376
3377 If a partition type is not specified, the disk is uninitialized and disk
3378 size is greater than 2TB, it will be initialized to GPT.
3379
3380Example:
3381
3382 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=1000
3383 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=128 ID=c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
3384 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=12
3385 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=DE
3386.
3387Language=German
3388 Erstellt eine primäre Partition auf dem Basisdatenträger, der den Fokus
3389 hat.
3390
3391Syntax: CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>]
3392 [ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}] [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
3393
3394 SIZE=<N> Die Größe der Partition in MB. Falls keine Größe angegeben ist,
3395 wird die Partition erweitert, bis sie den gesamten
3396 verfügbaren Speicherplatz im aktuellen Bereich umfasst.
3397
3398 OFFSET=<N> Das Offset, in Kilobyte (KB), an dem die Partition erstellt
3399 werden soll. Falls kein Offset angegeben ist, wird die
3400 Partition in der ersten Datenträgererweiterung platziert, die
3401 eine ausreichende Größe besitzt.
3402
3403 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
3404
3405 Gibt den Partitionstyp an.
3406
3407 Zur ausschließlichen Verwendung durch Originalgerätehersteller.
3408
3409 Für MBR-Datenträger (Master Boot Record) können Sie für
3410 die Partition ein Partitionstypbyte im Hexadezimalformat
3411 angeben. Falls dieser Parameter für einen MBR-Datenträger
3412 nicht angegeben ist, erstellt der Befehl eine Partition des
3413 Typs 0x06 (gibt an, dass kein Dateisystem installiert ist).
3414
3415 LDM-Datenpartition:
3416 0x42
3417
3418 Wiederherstellungspartition:
3419 0x27
3420
3421 Erkannte OEM-IDs:
3422 0x12
3423 0x84
3424 0xDE
3425 0xFE
3426 0xA0
3427
3428 Für GPT-Datenträger (GPT = GUID-Partitionstabelle) können Sie
3429 einen Partitionstyp-GUID für die zu erstellende Partition
3430 angeben. Zu den erkannten GUIDs gehören:
3431
3432 EFI-Systempartition:
3433 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
3434
3435 MSR-Partition (Microsoft Reserved):
3436 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215ae
3437
3438 Basisdatenpartition:
3439 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
3440
3441 LDM-Metadatenpartition auf einem dynamischen Datenträger:
3442 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
3443
3444 LDM-Datenpartition auf einem dynamischen Datenträger:
3445 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
3446
3447 Wiederherstellungspartition:
3448 de94bba4-06d1-4d40-a16a-bfd50179d6ac
3449
3450 Wenn dieser Parameter für einen GPT-Datenträger nicht angegeben
3451 ist, wird mit diesem Befehl eine Basisdatenpartition erstellt.
3452
3453 Mit diesem Parameter kann ein beliebiger Partitionstyp
3454 oder ein beliebiger GUID angegeben werden. DiskPart überprüft
3455 die Gültigkeit dieses Partitions-GUIDs nicht. Es wird lediglich
3456 sichergestellt, dass es sich um ein Byte im Hexadezimalformat
3457 oder um einen GUID handelt.
3458
3459 Vorsicht:
3460
3461 Das Erstellen von Partitionen mit diesem Parameter kann
3462 dazu führen, dass der Computer fehlerhaft arbeitet oder
3463 nicht mehr gestartet werden kann. Sofern Sie kein Original-
3464 gerätehersteller oder IT-Fachmann sind, der mit GPT-Daten-
3465 trägern vertraut ist, sollten Sie keine Partitionen auf
3466 GPT-Datenträgern mit diesem Parameter erstellen.
3467 Verwenden Sie stattdessen immer den Befehl
3468 CREATE PARTITION EFI zum Erstellen von EFI-System-
3469 Partitionen, den Befehl CREATE PARTITION MSR zum Erstellen
3470 von MSR-Partitionen und den Befehl
3471 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY (ohne diesen Parameter) zum
3472 Erstellen von primären Partitionen auf GPT-Datenträgern.
3473
3474 ALIGN=<N> Wird normalerweise bei Hardware-RAID-Arrays mit logischen
3475 Gerätenummern (LUN) zur Verbesserung der Leistung verwendet. Das
3476 Offset der Partition ist ein Vielfaches von <N>. Bei Angabe des
3477 Parameters OFFSET wird dieser auf das nächste Vielfache von <N>
3478 gerundet.
3479
3480 NOERR Nur für Skripting. Bei einem Fehler setzt DiskPart die
3481 Verarbeitung von Befehlen fort, als sei der Fehler nicht
3482 aufgetreten. Ohne den Parameter NOERR wird DiskPart bei
3483 einem Fehler mit dem entsprechenden Fehlercode beendet.
3484
3485 Nachdem Sie die Partition erstellt haben, wird der Fokus automatisch auf
3486 die neue Partition gesetzt. Diese Partition erhält keinen Laufwerkbuch-
3487 staben. Sie müssen der Partition mit dem Befehl ASSIGN einen Laufwerkbuch-
3488 staben zuweisen.
3489
3490 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich durchgeführt werden kann, muss ein Basis-
3491 datenträger ausgewählt sein. Falls kein Partitionstyp angegeben ist, wird die Initialisierung
3492 des Datenträgers aufgehoben, und wenn der Datenträger größer ist als 2 TB,
3493 wird er für GPT initialisiert.
3494
3495Beispiel:
3496
3497 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=1000
3498 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=128 ID=c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
3499 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=12
3500 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=DE
3501.
3502Language=Polish
3503 Tworzy partycję podstawową na dysku podstawowym mającym fokus.
3504
3505Składnia: CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}]
3506 [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
3507
3508 SIZE=<N> Rozmiar partycji w megabajtach (MB). Jeśli nie podano
3509 rozmiaru, partycja zajmuje całe nieprzydzielone miejsce w
3510 bieżącym obszarze.
3511
3512 OFFSET=<N> Przesunięcie w kilobajtach, przy którym zostanie utworzona.
3513 partycja. Jeśli nie podano przesunięcia, partycja zostanie
3514 umieszczona w pierwszym zakresie dysku, w którym się zmieści.
3515
3516 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
3517
3518 Określa typ partycji.
3519
3520 Parametr przeznaczony tylko do użytku przez producentów
3521 oryginalnego sprzętu (OEM).
3522
3523 W przypadku dysków z głównym rekordem rozruchowym (MBR) można
3524 dla partycji określić bajt typu partycji (szesnastkowo). Jeśli
3525 ten parametr nie zostanie określony dla dysku MBR, polecenie
3526 powoduje utworzenie partycji typu 0x06 (określa, że brak jest
3527 zainstalowanego systemu plików).
3528
3529 Partycja danych LDM:
3530 0x42
3531
3532 Partycja odzyskiwania:
3533 0x27
3534
3535 Rozpoznawane identyfikatory OEM:
3536 0x12
3537 0x84
3538 0xDE
3539 0xFE
3540 0xA0
3541
3542 W przypadku dysków z tablicą partycji GUID (GPT) można
3543 określić identyfikator GUID typu partycji, która ma zostać
3544 utworzona. Rozpoznawane identyfikatory GUID są następujące:
3545
3546 Partycja systemowa EFI:
3547 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
3548
3549 Partycja zastrzeżona firmy Microsoft:
3550 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215ae
3551
3552 Podstawowa partycja danych:
3553 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
3554
3555 Partycja metadanych LDM na dysku dynamicznym:
3556 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
3557
3558 Partycja danych LDM na dysku dynamicznym:
3559 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
3560
3561 Partycja odzyskiwania:
3562 de94bba4-06d1-4d40-a16a-bfd50179d6ac
3563
3564 Jeśli ten parametr nie zostanie określony dla dysku GPT,
3565 polecenie utworzy podstawową partycję danych.
3566
3567 Za pomocą tego parametru można określić dowolny bajt
3568 typu partycji lub identyfikator GUID. Program DiskPart nie
3569 sprawdza poprawności typu partycji. Sprawdza jedynie, czy
3570 podana wartość ma postać szesnastkową lub jest
3571 identyfikatorem GUID.
3572
3573 Uwaga:
3574
3575 Tworzenie partycji z tym parametrem może sprawić, że
3576 komputer ulegnie awarii lub nie będzie można go
3577 uruchomić. Jeśli użytkownik nie jest producentem OEM ani
3578 informatykiem dysponującym doświadczeniem w zakresie
3579 dysków GPT, nie powinien tworzyć partycji na dyskach GPT
3580 przy użyciu tego parametru. Zamiast tego należy zawsze
3581 używać polecenia CREATE PARTITION EFI do tworzenia
3582 partycji systemowych EFI, polecenia CREATE PARTITION MSR
3583 do tworzenia partycji zastrzeżonej firmy Microsoft
3584 i polecenia CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY (bez opisywanego
3585 parametru) do tworzenia partycji podstawowych
3586 na dyskach GPT.
3587
3588 ALIGN=<N> Zazwyczaj używany z numerami jednostek logicznych (LUN)
3589 sprzętowych macierzy RAID w celu poprawienia wydajności.
3590 Przesunięcie partycji będzie wielokrotnością liczby N.
3591 Jeśli nie określono parametru OFFSET, jest ono zaokrąglane
3592 do najbliższej wielokrotności liczby N.
3593
3594 NOERR Tylko do obsługi skryptów. Po wystąpieniu błędu program
3595 DiskPart kontynuuje przetwarzanie poleceń tak, jakby błąd
3596 nie wystąpił. W przypadku braku parametru NOERR błąd powoduje
3597 zakończenie działania programu DiskPart i zwrócenie
3598 kodu błędu.
3599
3600 Po utworzeniu partycji automatycznie otrzymuje ona fokus. Partycja nie
3601 otrzymuje litery dysku. Aby przypisać partycji literę dysku,
3602 należy użyć polecenia ASSIGN.
3603
3604 Aby ta operacja się powiodła, musi być wybrany dysk podstawowy.
3605
3606 Jeśli typ partycji nie jest określony, dysk jest niezainicjowany a rozmiar
3607 rozmiar większy niż 2 TB, zostanie zainicjowany do GPT.
3608
3609Przykład:
3610
3611 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=1000
3612 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=128 ID=c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
3613 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=12
3614 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=DE
3615.
3616Language=Portugese
3617 Creates a primary partition on the basic disk with focus.
3618
3619Syntax: CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}]
3620 [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
3621
3622 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
3623 given, the partition continues until there is no more
3624 unallocated space in the current region.
3625
3626 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is created.
3627 If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the first disk
3628 extent that is large enough to hold it.
3629
3630 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
3631
3632 Specifies the partition type.
3633
3634 Intended for Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) use only.
3635
3636 For master boot record (MBR) disks, you can specify a partition
3637 type byte, in hexadecimal form, for the partition. If this
3638 parameter is not specified for an MBR disk, the command creates
3639 a partition of type 0x06 (specifies no file system is installed).
3640
3641 LDM data partition:
3642 0x42
3643
3644 Recovery partition:
3645 0x27
3646
3647 Recognized OEM Ids:
3648 0x12
3649 0x84
3650 0xDE
3651 0xFE
3652 0xA0
3653
3654 For GUID partition table (GPT) disks you can specify a
3655 partition type GUID for the partition you want to create.
3656 Recognized GUIDs include:
3657
3658 EFI System partition:
3659 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
3660
3661 Microsoft Reserved partition:
3662 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215ae
3663
3664 Basic data partition:
3665 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
3666
3667 LDM Metadata partition on a dynamic disk:
3668 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
3669
3670 LDM Data partition on a dynamic disk:
3671 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
3672
3673 Recovery partition:
3674 de94bba4-06d1-4d40-a16a-bfd50179d6ac
3675
3676 If this parameter is not specified for a GPT disk, the command
3677 creates a basic data partition.
3678
3679 Any partition type byte or GUID can be specified with this
3680 parameter. DiskPart does not check the partition type for
3681 validity except to ensure that it is a byte in hexadecimal form
3682 or a GUID.
3683
3684 Caution:
3685
3686 Creating partitions with this parameter might cause your
3687 computer to fail or be unable to start up. Unless you are
3688 an OEM or an IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do
3689 not create partitions on GPT disks using this parameter.
3690 Instead, always use the CREATE PARTITION EFI command to
3691 create EFI System partitions, the CREATE PARTITION MSR
3692 command to create Microsoft Reserved partitions, and the
3693 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY command without this parameter to
3694 create primary partitions on GPT disks.
3695
3696 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
3697 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
3698 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
3699 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
3700
3701 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
3702 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
3703 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
3704 with an error code.
3705
3706 After you create the partition, the focus automatically shifts to the new
3707 partition. The partition does not receive a drive letter. You must use the
3708 assign command to assign a drive letter to the partition.
3709
3710 A basic disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
3711
3712 If a partition type is not specified, the disk is uninitialized and disk
3713 size is greater than 2TB, it will be initialized to GPT.
3714
3715Example:
3716
3717 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=1000
3718 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=128 ID=c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
3719 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=12
3720 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=DE
3721.
3722Language=Romanian
3723 Crează o partiție primară pe discul de bază în cauză.
3724
3725Sintaxă: CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}]
3726 [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
3727
3728 SIZE=<N> Mărimea partiției în megaocteți (Mo). Dacă nu e dată nicio
3729 mărime, partiția continuă până când nu mai este spațiu nealocat
3730 în regiunea curentă.
3731
3732 OFFSET=<N> Decalajul, în kiloocteți (Ko), la care partiția este creată.
3733 Dacă nu e dat niciun decalaj, partiția este situată pe prima
3734 expansiune de disc ce e suficient de mare ca să o țină.
3735
3736 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
3737
3738 Specifică tipul partiției.
3739
3740 Destinat numai pentru uzul producătorilor de echipamente
3741 originale (OEM).
3742
3743 Pentru discurile cu Registrul principal de inițializare (MBR),
3744 puteți specifica un octet, în format hexazecimal, pentru un tip
3745 de partiție. Dacă acest parametru nu e specificat pentru
3746 un disc MBR, comanda crează o partiție de tipul 0x06
3747 (menționează că nu este niciun sistem de fișier instalat).
3748
3749 Partiția de date LDM:
3750 0x42
3751
3752 Partiția de recuperare:
3753 0x27
3754
3755 Date de identificare (ID-uri) OEM:
3756 0x12
3757 0x84
3758 0xDE
3759 0xFE
3760 0xA0
3761
3762 Pentru discurile cu tabel de partiție GUID (GPT) puteți
3763 specifica un tip de partiție GUID pentru partiția pe care vreți
3764 să o creați. GUID-urile recunoscute includ:
3765
3766 Partiția de sistem EFI:
3767 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
3768
3769 Partiția rezervată Microsoft:
3770 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215ae
3771
3772 Partiția de bază pentru date:
3773 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
3774
3775 Partiția de metadate LDM pe un disc dinamic:
3776 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
3777
3778 Partiția de date LDM pe un disc dinamic:
3779 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
3780
3781 Partiția de recuperare:
3782 de94bba4-06d1-4d40-a16a-bfd50179d6ac
3783
3784 Dacă acest parametru nu este specificat pentru un disc GPT,
3785 comanda crează o partiție de bază pentru date.
3786
3787 Orice octet care descrie tipul de partiție sau GUID poate fi
3788 specificat cu acest parametru. DiskPart nu verifică tipul
3789 partiției pentru validitate, cu excepția faptului că este
3790 un octet cu valoare în format hexazecimal sau un GUID.
3791
3792 Atenție:
3793
3794 Crearea de partiții cu acest parametru poate cauza
3795 calculatorului dumneavoastră să nu mai funcționeze bine sau
3796 să nu mai poată porni. Dacă nu sunteți un OEM sau un
3797 profesionist cu experiență în discuri GPT, nu creați
3798 partiții pe discuri GPT folosind acest parametru.
3799 În schimb, folosiți întotdeauna comanda
3800 CREATE PARTITION EFI ca să creați partiții de sistem EFI,
3801 comanda CREATE PARTITION MSR ca să creați partiții
3802 rezervate Microsoft, și comanda CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY
3803 fără acest parametru ca să creați partiții primare pe
3804 discuri GPT.
3805
3806 ALIGN=<N> Folosită deobicei cu Numărul unității logice (LUN) RAID
3807 a șirurilor de dispozitive pentru a îmbunătăți performanța.
3808 Decalajul partiției va fi un multiplu a lui <N>. Dacă
3809 parametrul OFFSET este specificat, va fi rotunjit la cel mai
3810 apropiat multiplu a lui <N>.
3811
3812 NOERR Doar pentru scriere de fișiere script. Când apare o eroare,
3813 programul DiskPart continuă să proceseze comenzi ca și când
3814 eroarea nu ar fi apărut. Fără parametrul NOERR, o eroare
3815 cauzează programul DiskPart să se închidă cu un cod de eroare.
3816
3817 După ce ați creat partiția, marcajul se mută automat pe noua partiție
3818 logică. Partiția nu primește nicio literă de disc. Trebuie să folosiți
3819 comanda de atribuire pentru a atribui partiției o literă de disc.
3820
3821 Un disc de bază trebuie să fie selectat pentru ca această operațiune
3822 să reușească.
3823
3824 Dacă un tip de partiție nu e specificat, discul este neinițializat și
3825 mărimea discului este mai mare de 2To, va fi inițializat cu GPT.
3826
3827De exemplu:
3828
3829 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=1000
3830 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=128 ID=c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
3831 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=12
3832 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=DE
3833.
3834Language=Russian
3835 Creates a primary partition on the basic disk with focus.
3836
3837Syntax: CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}]
3838 [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
3839
3840 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
3841 given, the partition continues until there is no more
3842 unallocated space in the current region.
3843
3844 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is created.
3845 If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the first disk
3846 extent that is large enough to hold it.
3847
3848 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
3849
3850 Specifies the partition type.
3851
3852 Intended for Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) use only.
3853
3854 For master boot record (MBR) disks, you can specify a partition
3855 type byte, in hexadecimal form, for the partition. If this
3856 parameter is not specified for an MBR disk, the command creates
3857 a partition of type 0x06 (specifies no file system is installed).
3858
3859 LDM data partition:
3860 0x42
3861
3862 Recovery partition:
3863 0x27
3864
3865 Recognized OEM Ids:
3866 0x12
3867 0x84
3868 0xDE
3869 0xFE
3870 0xA0
3871
3872 For GUID partition table (GPT) disks you can specify a
3873 partition type GUID for the partition you want to create.
3874 Recognized GUIDs include:
3875
3876 EFI System partition:
3877 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
3878
3879 Microsoft Reserved partition:
3880 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215ae
3881
3882 Basic data partition:
3883 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
3884
3885 LDM Metadata partition on a dynamic disk:
3886 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
3887
3888 LDM Data partition on a dynamic disk:
3889 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
3890
3891 Recovery partition:
3892 de94bba4-06d1-4d40-a16a-bfd50179d6ac
3893
3894 If this parameter is not specified for a GPT disk, the command
3895 creates a basic data partition.
3896
3897 Any partition type byte or GUID can be specified with this
3898 parameter. DiskPart does not check the partition type for
3899 validity except to ensure that it is a byte in hexadecimal form
3900 or a GUID.
3901
3902 Caution:
3903
3904 Creating partitions with this parameter might cause your
3905 computer to fail or be unable to start up. Unless you are
3906 an OEM or an IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do
3907 not create partitions on GPT disks using this parameter.
3908 Instead, always use the CREATE PARTITION EFI command to
3909 create EFI System partitions, the CREATE PARTITION MSR
3910 command to create Microsoft Reserved partitions, and the
3911 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY command without this parameter to
3912 create primary partitions on GPT disks.
3913
3914 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
3915 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
3916 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
3917 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
3918
3919 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
3920 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
3921 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
3922 with an error code.
3923
3924 After you create the partition, the focus automatically shifts to the new
3925 partition. The partition does not receive a drive letter. You must use the
3926 assign command to assign a drive letter to the partition.
3927
3928 A basic disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
3929
3930 If a partition type is not specified, the disk is uninitialized and disk
3931 size is greater than 2TB, it will be initialized to GPT.
3932
3933Example:
3934
3935 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=1000
3936 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=128 ID=c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
3937 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=12
3938 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=DE
3939.
3940Language=Albanian
3941 Creates a primary partition on the basic disk with focus.
3942
3943Syntax: CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}]
3944 [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
3945
3946 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
3947 given, the partition continues until there is no more
3948 unallocated space in the current region.
3949
3950 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is created.
3951 If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the first disk
3952 extent that is large enough to hold it.
3953
3954 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
3955
3956 Specifies the partition type.
3957
3958 Intended for Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) use only.
3959
3960 For master boot record (MBR) disks, you can specify a partition
3961 type byte, in hexadecimal form, for the partition. If this
3962 parameter is not specified for an MBR disk, the command creates
3963 a partition of type 0x06 (specifies no file system is installed).
3964
3965 LDM data partition:
3966 0x42
3967
3968 Recovery partition:
3969 0x27
3970
3971 Recognized OEM Ids:
3972 0x12
3973 0x84
3974 0xDE
3975 0xFE
3976 0xA0
3977
3978 For GUID partition table (GPT) disks you can specify a
3979 partition type GUID for the partition you want to create.
3980 Recognized GUIDs include:
3981
3982 EFI System partition:
3983 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
3984
3985 Microsoft Reserved partition:
3986 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215ae
3987
3988 Basic data partition:
3989 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
3990
3991 LDM Metadata partition on a dynamic disk:
3992 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
3993
3994 LDM Data partition on a dynamic disk:
3995 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
3996
3997 Recovery partition:
3998 de94bba4-06d1-4d40-a16a-bfd50179d6ac
3999
4000 If this parameter is not specified for a GPT disk, the command
4001 creates a basic data partition.
4002
4003 Any partition type byte or GUID can be specified with this
4004 parameter. DiskPart does not check the partition type for
4005 validity except to ensure that it is a byte in hexadecimal form
4006 or a GUID.
4007
4008 Caution:
4009
4010 Creating partitions with this parameter might cause your
4011 computer to fail or be unable to start up. Unless you are
4012 an OEM or an IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do
4013 not create partitions on GPT disks using this parameter.
4014 Instead, always use the CREATE PARTITION EFI command to
4015 create EFI System partitions, the CREATE PARTITION MSR
4016 command to create Microsoft Reserved partitions, and the
4017 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY command without this parameter to
4018 create primary partitions on GPT disks.
4019
4020 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
4021 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
4022 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
4023 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
4024
4025 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
4026 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
4027 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
4028 with an error code.
4029
4030 After you create the partition, the focus automatically shifts to the new
4031 partition. The partition does not receive a drive letter. You must use the
4032 assign command to assign a drive letter to the partition.
4033
4034 A basic disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4035
4036 If a partition type is not specified, the disk is uninitialized and disk
4037 size is greater than 2TB, it will be initialized to GPT.
4038
4039Example:
4040
4041 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=1000
4042 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=128 ID=c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
4043 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=12
4044 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=DE
4045.
4046Language=Turkish
4047 Creates a primary partition on the basic disk with focus.
4048
4049Syntax: CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}]
4050 [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
4051
4052 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
4053 given, the partition continues until there is no more
4054 unallocated space in the current region.
4055
4056 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is created.
4057 If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the first disk
4058 extent that is large enough to hold it.
4059
4060 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
4061
4062 Specifies the partition type.
4063
4064 Intended for Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) use only.
4065
4066 For master boot record (MBR) disks, you can specify a partition
4067 type byte, in hexadecimal form, for the partition. If this
4068 parameter is not specified for an MBR disk, the command creates
4069 a partition of type 0x06 (specifies no file system is installed).
4070
4071 LDM data partition:
4072 0x42
4073
4074 Recovery partition:
4075 0x27
4076
4077 Recognized OEM Ids:
4078 0x12
4079 0x84
4080 0xDE
4081 0xFE
4082 0xA0
4083
4084 For GUID partition table (GPT) disks you can specify a
4085 partition type GUID for the partition you want to create.
4086 Recognized GUIDs include:
4087
4088 EFI System partition:
4089 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
4090
4091 Microsoft Reserved partition:
4092 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215ae
4093
4094 Basic data partition:
4095 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
4096
4097 LDM Metadata partition on a dynamic disk:
4098 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
4099
4100 LDM Data partition on a dynamic disk:
4101 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
4102
4103 Recovery partition:
4104 de94bba4-06d1-4d40-a16a-bfd50179d6ac
4105
4106 If this parameter is not specified for a GPT disk, the command
4107 creates a basic data partition.
4108
4109 Any partition type byte or GUID can be specified with this
4110 parameter. DiskPart does not check the partition type for
4111 validity except to ensure that it is a byte in hexadecimal form
4112 or a GUID.
4113
4114 Caution:
4115
4116 Creating partitions with this parameter might cause your
4117 computer to fail or be unable to start up. Unless you are
4118 an OEM or an IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do
4119 not create partitions on GPT disks using this parameter.
4120 Instead, always use the CREATE PARTITION EFI command to
4121 create EFI System partitions, the CREATE PARTITION MSR
4122 command to create Microsoft Reserved partitions, and the
4123 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY command without this parameter to
4124 create primary partitions on GPT disks.
4125
4126 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
4127 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
4128 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
4129 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
4130
4131 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
4132 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
4133 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
4134 with an error code.
4135
4136 After you create the partition, the focus automatically shifts to the new
4137 partition. The partition does not receive a drive letter. You must use the
4138 assign command to assign a drive letter to the partition.
4139
4140 A basic disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4141
4142 If a partition type is not specified, the disk is uninitialized and disk
4143 size is greater than 2TB, it will be initialized to GPT.
4144
4145Example:
4146
4147 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=1000
4148 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=128 ID=c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
4149 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=12
4150 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=DE
4151.
4152Language=Chinese
4153 Creates a primary partition on the basic disk with focus.
4154
4155Syntax: CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}]
4156 [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
4157
4158 SIZE=<N> The size of the partition in megabytes (MB). If no size is
4159 given, the partition continues until there is no more
4160 unallocated space in the current region.
4161
4162 OFFSET=<N> The offset, in kilobytes (KB), at which the partition is created.
4163 If no offset is given, the partition is placed in the first disk
4164 extent that is large enough to hold it.
4165
4166 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
4167
4168 Specifies the partition type.
4169
4170 Intended for Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) use only.
4171
4172 For master boot record (MBR) disks, you can specify a partition
4173 type byte, in hexadecimal form, for the partition. If this
4174 parameter is not specified for an MBR disk, the command creates
4175 a partition of type 0x06 (specifies no file system is installed).
4176
4177 LDM data partition:
4178 0x42
4179
4180 Recovery partition:
4181 0x27
4182
4183 Recognized OEM Ids:
4184 0x12
4185 0x84
4186 0xDE
4187 0xFE
4188 0xA0
4189
4190 For GUID partition table (GPT) disks you can specify a
4191 partition type GUID for the partition you want to create.
4192 Recognized GUIDs include:
4193
4194 EFI System partition:
4195 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
4196
4197 Microsoft Reserved partition:
4198 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215ae
4199
4200 Basic data partition:
4201 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
4202
4203 LDM Metadata partition on a dynamic disk:
4204 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
4205
4206 LDM Data partition on a dynamic disk:
4207 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
4208
4209 Recovery partition:
4210 de94bba4-06d1-4d40-a16a-bfd50179d6ac
4211
4212 If this parameter is not specified for a GPT disk, the command
4213 creates a basic data partition.
4214
4215 Any partition type byte or GUID can be specified with this
4216 parameter. DiskPart does not check the partition type for
4217 validity except to ensure that it is a byte in hexadecimal form
4218 or a GUID.
4219
4220 Caution:
4221
4222 Creating partitions with this parameter might cause your
4223 computer to fail or be unable to start up. Unless you are
4224 an OEM or an IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do
4225 not create partitions on GPT disks using this parameter.
4226 Instead, always use the CREATE PARTITION EFI command to
4227 create EFI System partitions, the CREATE PARTITION MSR
4228 command to create Microsoft Reserved partitions, and the
4229 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY command without this parameter to
4230 create primary partitions on GPT disks.
4231
4232 ALIGN=<N> Typically used with hardware RAID Logical Unit Number (LUN)
4233 arrays to improve performance. The partition offset will be
4234 a multiple of <N>. If the OFFSET parameter is specified, it
4235 will be rounded to the closest multiple of <N>.
4236
4237 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
4238 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
4239 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
4240 with an error code.
4241
4242 After you create the partition, the focus automatically shifts to the new
4243 partition. The partition does not receive a drive letter. You must use the
4244 assign command to assign a drive letter to the partition.
4245
4246 A basic disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4247
4248 If a partition type is not specified, the disk is uninitialized and disk
4249 size is greater than 2TB, it will be initialized to GPT.
4250
4251Example:
4252
4253 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=1000
4254 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=128 ID=c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
4255 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=12
4256 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=DE
4257.
4258Language=Taiwanese
4259 在已選擇的基本磁碟上建立主要磁碟分割。
4260
4261語法: CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY [SIZE=<N>] [OFFSET=<N>] [ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}]
4262 [ALIGN=<N>] [NOERR]
4263
4264 SIZE=<N> 磁碟分割大小 (單位為 MB)。如果沒有提供大小，磁碟分割會繼續，
4265 直至目前區域沒有任何可用空間。
4266
4267 OFFSET=<N> 建立磁碟分割所在的位移 (單位為 KB)。如果沒有指定位移，
4268 磁碟分割會從磁碟上可容納新磁碟分割的
4269 第一個可用空間的開頭開始。
4270
4271 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
4272
4273 指定磁碟分割類型。
4274
4275 只供原始設備製造商 (OEM) 使用。
4276
4277 對於主開機記錄 (MBR) 磁碟，您可以使用十六進位格式來指定該
4278 磁碟分割的磁碟分割類型位元組。如果沒有為 MBR 磁碟指定
4279 這個參數，這個命令會建立類型為 06 的磁碟分割。
4280 (指定沒有安裝檔案系統)。
4281
4282 LDM 資料磁碟分割:
4283 0x42
4284
4285 修復磁碟分割:
4286 0x27
4287
4288 可識別的 OEM 識別碼:
4289 0x12
4290 0x84
4291 0xDE
4292 0xFE
4293 0xA0
4294
4295 對於 GUID 磁碟分割表格 (GPT) 磁碟，您可以為想要建立的
4296 磁碟分割指定磁碟分割類型 GUID。
4297 可識別的 GUID 包括:
4298
4299 EFI 系統磁碟分割:
4300 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
4301
4302 Microsoft 保留磁碟分割:
4303 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215ae
4304
4305 基本資料磁碟分割:
4306 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
4307
4308 動態磁碟上的 LDM 中繼資料磁碟分割:
4309 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
4310
4311 動態磁碟上的 LDM 資料磁碟分割:
4312 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
4313
4314 修復磁碟分割:
4315 de94bba4-06d1-4d40-a16a-bfd50179d6ac
4316
4317 如果沒有為 GPT 磁碟指定這個參數，
4318 這個命令會建立基本資料磁碟分割。
4319
4320 您可以使用這個參數指定任何磁碟分割類型位元組或 GUID。
4321 DiskPart 不會檢查磁碟分割類型的有效性，但會確保
4322 磁碟分割類型是否為以十六進位格式或 GUID 表示的位元組。
4323
4324 注意:
4325
4326 使用這個參數建立磁碟分割，可能會造成您的電腦失敗或
4327 無法啟動。除非您是熟悉 GPT 磁碟的 OEM 或 IT 專業人員，
4328 否則請勿在 GPT 磁碟上建立磁碟分割時使用這個參數。
4329 相反地，您應該使用 CREATE PARTITION EFI 命令來建立
4330 EFI 系統磁碟分割、使用 CREATE PARTITION MSR 命令來建立
4331 Microsoft 保留磁碟分割，及使用 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY
4332 命令 (而不使用此參數) 在 GPT 磁碟上建立主要磁碟分割。
4333
4334 ALIGN=<N> 通常與硬體 RAID 邏輯單元編號 (LUN) 陣列搭配使用以增進效能。
4335 延伸位移將會是 <N> 的倍數。如果指定了 OFFSET 參數，
4336 它會取至最接近的 <N> 的倍數。
4337
4338 NOERR 只限指令碼。當發生錯誤時，DiskPart 會繼續處理命令，
4339 如同沒有發生任何錯誤一樣。如果沒有使用 NOERR 參數，
4340 錯誤會導致 DiskPart 結束，並傳回錯誤碼。
4341
4342 在磁碟分割建立完成後，焦點將自動給予新的磁碟分割。該磁碟分割尚未指定
4343 磁碟機代號。您必須使用 ASSIGN 命令來分配磁碟機代號到該磁碟分割。
4344
4345 您必須先選擇基本磁碟，才能完成這個操作。
4346
4347 如果未有指定磁碟分割類型，而磁碟尚未初始化且磁碟大小大於 2TB，
4348 磁碟將會初始化為 GPT 磁碟。
4349
4350範例:
4351
4352 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=1000
4353 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=128 ID=c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
4354 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=12
4355 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=10000 ID=DE
4356.
4357
4358
4359MessageId=10017
4360SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_DELETE_DISK
4361Severity=Informational
4362Facility=System
4363Language=English
4364<Add DELETE DISK command help text here>
4365.
4366Language=German
4367<Add DELETE DISK command help text here>
4368.
4369Language=Polish
4370<Add DELETE DISK command help text here>
4371.
4372Language=Portugese
4373<Add DELETE DISK command help text here>
4374.
4375Language=Romanian
4376<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda DELETE DISK>
4377.
4378Language=Russian
4379<Add DELETE DISK command help text here>
4380.
4381Language=Albanian
4382<Add DELETE DISK command help text here>
4383.
4384Language=Turkish
4385<Add DELETE DISK command help text here>
4386.
4387Language=Chinese
4388<Add DELETE DISK command help text here>
4389.
4390Language=Taiwanese
4391<Add DELETE DISK command help text here>
4392.
4393
4394
4395MessageId=10018
4396SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_DELETE_PARTITION
4397Severity=Informational
4398Facility=System
4399Language=English
4400Deletes the partition with focus.
4401
4402Syntax: DELETE PARTITION [NOERR] [OVERRIDE]
4403
4404 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
4405 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
4406 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
4407 with an error code.
4408
4409 OVERRIDE Enables DiskPart to delete any partition regardless of type.
4410 Typically, DiskPart only permits you to delete known data
4411 partitions.
4412
4413 You cannot delete the system partition, boot partition, or any partition
4414 that contains the active paging file or crash dump (memory dump) filed.
4415
4416 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4417
4418 Partitions cannot be deleted from dynamic disks or created on dynamic
4419 disks.
4420
4421Example:
4422
4423 DELETE PARTITION
4424.
4425Language=German
4426Löscht die Partition, die den Fokus hat.
4427
4428Syntax: DELETE PARTITION [NOERR] [OVERRIDE]
4429
4430 NOERR Nur für Skripting. Bei einem Fehler setzt DiskPart die
4431 Verarbeitung von Befehlen fort, als sei der Fehler nicht
4432 aufgetreten. Ohne den Parameter NOERR wird DiskPart bei
4433 einem Fehler mit dem entsprechenden Fehlercode beendet.
4434
4435 OVERRIDE Ermöglicht DiskPart das Löschen einer beliebigen Partition
4436 unabhängig von deren Typ. Normalerweise gestattet DiskPart
4437 nur das Löschen bekannter Datenpartitionen.
4438
4439 Sie können keine Systempartition, Startpartition oder Partition löschen,
4440 die eine aktive Auslagerungsdatei oder ein Absturzabbild (Speicherabbild)
4441 enthält.
4442
4443 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss eine
4444 Partition ausgewählt sein.
4445
4446 Partitionen könnnen nicht von dynamischen Datenträgern gelöscht oder auf
4447 dynamischen Datenträgern erstellt werden.
4448
4449Beispiel:
4450
4451 DELETE PARTITION
4452.
4453Language=Polish
4454Usuwa partycję, na której jest ustawiony fokus.
4455
4456Składnia: DELETE PARTITION [NOERR] [OVERRIDE]
4457
4458 NOERR Tylko do obsługi skryptów. Po wystąpieniu błędu program
4459 DiskPart kontynuuje przetwarzanie poleceń tak, jakby błąd
4460 nie wystąpił. W przypadku braku parametru NOERR błąd powoduje
4461 zakończenie działania programu DiskPart i zwrócenie
4462 kodu błędu.
4463
4464 OVERRIDE Umożliwia usunięcie przez program DiskPart każdej partycji bez
4465 względu na jej typ. Zazwyczaj program DiskPart zezwala
4466 na usunięcie wyłącznie znanych partycji zawierających dane.
4467
4468 Nie można usunąć partycji systemowej, partycji rozruchowej ani żadnej
4469 partycji zawierającej aktywny plik stronicowania lub plik zrzutu
4470 awaryjnego (zrzutu pamięci).
4471
4472 Aby ta operacja się powiodła, musi być wybrana partycja.
4473
4474 Partycji nie można usuwać z dysków dynamicznych ani tworzyć ich na takich
4475 dyskach.
4476
4477Przykład:
4478
4479 DELETE PARTITION
4480.
4481Language=Portugese
4482Deletes the partition with focus.
4483
4484Syntax: DELETE PARTITION [NOERR] [OVERRIDE]
4485
4486 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
4487 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
4488 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
4489 with an error code.
4490
4491 OVERRIDE Enables DiskPart to delete any partition regardless of type.
4492 Typically, DiskPart only permits you to delete known data
4493 partitions.
4494
4495 You cannot delete the system partition, boot partition, or any partition
4496 that contains the active paging file or crash dump (memory dump) filed.
4497
4498 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4499
4500 Partitions cannot be deleted from dynamic disks or created on dynamic
4501 disks.
4502
4503Example:
4504
4505 DELETE PARTITION
4506.
4507Language=Romanian
4508Șterge partiția în cauză.
4509
4510Sintaxă: DELETE PARTITION [NOERR] [OVERRIDE]
4511
4512 NOERR Doar pentru scriere de fișiere script. Când apare o eroare,
4513 programul DiskPart continuă să proceseze comenzi ca și când
4514 eroarea nu ar fi apărut. Fără parametrul NOERR, o eroare
4515 cauzează programul DiskPart să se închidă cu un cod de eroare.
4516
4517 OVERRIDE Permite programului DiskPart să șteargă orice partiție,
4518 indiferent de tipul său. De obicei, DiskPart vă permite doar
4519 să ștergeți partițiile de date cunoscute.
4520
4521 Nu puteți șterge partiția de sistem, partiția de inițializare sau orice
4522 altă partiție ce conține un fișier de paginație activ sau un registru
4523 de colaps operațional (registru de memorie) solicitat.
4524
4525 O partiție trebuie selectată pentru ca acestă operațiune să reușească.
4526
4527 Partițiile nu pot fi șterse de pe discurile dinamice sau create
4528 pe discurile dinamice.
4529
4530De exemplu:
4531
4532 DELETE PARTITION
4533.
4534Language=Russian
4535Deletes the partition with focus.
4536
4537Syntax: DELETE PARTITION [NOERR] [OVERRIDE]
4538
4539 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
4540 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
4541 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
4542 with an error code.
4543
4544 OVERRIDE Enables DiskPart to delete any partition regardless of type.
4545 Typically, DiskPart only permits you to delete known data
4546 partitions.
4547
4548 You cannot delete the system partition, boot partition, or any partition
4549 that contains the active paging file or crash dump (memory dump) filed.
4550
4551 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4552
4553 Partitions cannot be deleted from dynamic disks or created on dynamic
4554 disks.
4555
4556Example:
4557
4558 DELETE PARTITION
4559.
4560Language=Albanian
4561Deletes the partition with focus.
4562
4563Syntax: DELETE PARTITION [NOERR] [OVERRIDE]
4564
4565 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
4566 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
4567 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
4568 with an error code.
4569
4570 OVERRIDE Enables DiskPart to delete any partition regardless of type.
4571 Typically, DiskPart only permits you to delete known data
4572 partitions.
4573
4574 You cannot delete the system partition, boot partition, or any partition
4575 that contains the active paging file or crash dump (memory dump) filed.
4576
4577 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4578
4579 Partitions cannot be deleted from dynamic disks or created on dynamic
4580 disks.
4581
4582Example:
4583
4584 DELETE PARTITION
4585.
4586Language=Turkish
4587Deletes the partition with focus.
4588
4589Syntax: DELETE PARTITION [NOERR] [OVERRIDE]
4590
4591 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
4592 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
4593 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
4594 with an error code.
4595
4596 OVERRIDE Enables DiskPart to delete any partition regardless of type.
4597 Typically, DiskPart only permits you to delete known data
4598 partitions.
4599
4600 You cannot delete the system partition, boot partition, or any partition
4601 that contains the active paging file or crash dump (memory dump) filed.
4602
4603 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4604
4605 Partitions cannot be deleted from dynamic disks or created on dynamic
4606 disks.
4607
4608Example:
4609
4610 DELETE PARTITION
4611.
4612Language=Chinese
4613Deletes the partition with focus.
4614
4615Syntax: DELETE PARTITION [NOERR] [OVERRIDE]
4616
4617 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
4618 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
4619 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
4620 with an error code.
4621
4622 OVERRIDE Enables DiskPart to delete any partition regardless of type.
4623 Typically, DiskPart only permits you to delete known data
4624 partitions.
4625
4626 You cannot delete the system partition, boot partition, or any partition
4627 that contains the active paging file or crash dump (memory dump) filed.
4628
4629 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4630
4631 Partitions cannot be deleted from dynamic disks or created on dynamic
4632 disks.
4633
4634Example:
4635
4636 DELETE PARTITION
4637.
4638Language=Taiwanese
4639刪除已選擇的磁碟分割。
4640
4641語法: DELETE PARTITION [NOERR] [OVERRIDE]
4642
4643 NOERR 只限指令碼。當發生錯誤時，DiskPart 會繼續處理命令，
4644 如同沒有發生任何錯誤一樣。如果沒有使用 NOERR 參數，
4645 錯誤會導致 DiskPart 結束，並傳回錯誤碼。
4646
4647 OVERRIDE 讓 DiskPart 刪除所有類型的磁碟分割。
4648 一般來說，DiskPart 只允許您刪除已知的資料磁碟分割。
4649
4650 您不能刪除系統磁碟分割、開機磁碟分割，或任何包含使用中的
4651 分頁檔或損毀傾印 (記憶體傾印) 檔案的磁碟分割。
4652
4653 您必須先選擇一個磁碟分割，才能完成這個操作。
4654
4655 您無法從動態磁碟刪除磁碟分割，也無法在動態磁碟上建立磁碟分割。
4656
4657範例:
4658
4659 DELETE PARTITION
4660.
4661
4662
4663MessageId=10019
4664SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_DELETE_VOLUME
4665Severity=Informational
4666Facility=System
4667Language=English
4668<Add DELETE VOLUME command help text here>
4669.
4670Language=German
4671<Add DELETE VOLUME command help text here>
4672.
4673Language=Polish
4674<Add DELETE VOLUME command help text here>
4675.
4676Language=Portugese
4677<Add DELETE VOLUME command help text here>
4678.
4679Language=Romanian
4680<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda DELETE VOLUME>
4681.
4682Language=Russian
4683<Add DELETE VOLUME command help text here>
4684.
4685Language=Albanian
4686<Add DELETE VOLUME command help text here>
4687.
4688Language=Turkish
4689<Add DELETE VOLUME command help text here>
4690.
4691Language=Chinese
4692<Add DELETE VOLUME command help text here>
4693.
4694Language=Taiwanese
4695<Add DELETE VOLUME command help text here>
4696.
4697
4698
4699MessageId=10020
4700SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_DETAIL_DISK
4701Severity=Informational
4702Facility=System
4703Language=English
4704 Displays the properties of the selected disk and the list of volumes on
4705 the disk.
4706
4707Syntax: DETAIL DISK
4708
4709 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4710
4711Example:
4712
4713 DETAIL DISK
4714.
4715Language=German
4716 Zeigt die Eigenschaften des ausgewählten Datenträgers und die Liste der
4717 Volumes auf dem Datenträger an.
4718
4719Syntax: DETAIL DISK
4720
4721 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss ein
4722 Datenträger ausgewählt sein.
4723
4724Beispiel:
4725
4726 DETAIL DISK
4727.
4728Language=Polish
4729 Wyświetla właściwości wybranego dysku oraz listę znajdujących się na nim
4730 woluminów.
4731
4732Składnia: DETAIL DISK
4733
4734 Do pomyślnego ukończenia operacji konieczne jest wybranie dysku.
4735
4736Przykład:
4737
4738 DETAIL DISK
4739.
4740Language=Portugese
4741 Displays the properties of the selected disk and the list of volumes on
4742 the disk.
4743
4744Syntax: DETAIL DISK
4745
4746 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4747
4748Example:
4749
4750 DETAIL DISK
4751.
4752Language=Romanian
4753 Afișează proprietățile discului selectat și listează volumele
4754 pe disc.
4755
4756Sintaxă: DETAIL DISK
4757
4758 Un disc trebuie să fie selectat pentru ca această operațiune să reușească.
4759
4760De exemplu:
4761
4762 DETAIL DISK
4763.
4764Language=Russian
4765 Displays the properties of the selected disk and the list of volumes on
4766 the disk.
4767
4768Syntax: DETAIL DISK
4769
4770 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4771
4772Example:
4773
4774 DETAIL DISK
4775.
4776Language=Albanian
4777 Displays the properties of the selected disk and the list of volumes on
4778 the disk.
4779
4780Syntax: DETAIL DISK
4781
4782 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4783
4784Example:
4785
4786 DETAIL DISK
4787.
4788Language=Turkish
4789 Displays the properties of the selected disk and the list of volumes on
4790 the disk.
4791
4792Syntax: DETAIL DISK
4793
4794 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4795
4796Example:
4797
4798 DETAIL DISK
4799.
4800Language=Chinese
4801 Displays the properties of the selected disk and the list of volumes on
4802 the disk.
4803
4804Syntax: DETAIL DISK
4805
4806 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4807
4808Example:
4809
4810 DETAIL DISK
4811.
4812Language=Taiwanese
4813 顯示在該磁碟上已選擇之磁碟的內容及列出磁碟區。
4814
4815語法: DETAIL DISK
4816
4817 您必須先選擇一個磁碟，才能完成這個操作。
4818
4819範例:
4820
4821 DETAIL DISK
4822.
4823
4824MessageId=10021
4825SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_DETAIL_PARTITION
4826Severity=Informational
4827Facility=System
4828Language=English
4829 Displays the properties for the selected partition.
4830
4831Syntax: DETAIL PARTITION
4832
4833 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4834
4835Example:
4836
4837 DETAIL PARTITION
4838.
4839Language=German
4840 Zeigt die Eigenschaften für die ausgewählte Partition an.
4841
4842Syntax: DETAIL PARTITION
4843
4844 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss eine
4845 Partition ausgewählt sein.
4846
4847Beispiel:
4848
4849 DETAIL PARTITION
4850.
4851Language=Polish
4852 Wyświetla właściwości wybranej partycji.
4853
4854Składnia: DETAIL PARTITION
4855
4856 Do pomyślnego ukończenia operacji konieczne jest wybranie partycji.
4857
4858Przykład:
4859
4860 DETAIL PARTITION
4861.
4862Language=Portugese
4863 Displays the properties for the selected partition.
4864
4865Syntax: DETAIL PARTITION
4866
4867 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4868
4869Example:
4870
4871 DETAIL PARTITION
4872.
4873Language=Romanian
4874 Afișează proprietățile pentru partiția selectată.
4875
4876Sintaxă: DETAIL PARTITION
4877
4878 O partiție trebuie să fie selectată pentru ca această operațiune
4879 să reușească.
4880
4881Example:
4882
4883 DETAIL PARTITION
4884.
4885Language=Russian
4886 Displays the properties for the selected partition.
4887
4888Syntax: DETAIL PARTITION
4889
4890 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4891
4892Example:
4893
4894 DETAIL PARTITION
4895.
4896Language=Albanian
4897 Displays the properties for the selected partition.
4898
4899Syntax: DETAIL PARTITION
4900
4901 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4902
4903Example:
4904
4905 DETAIL PARTITION
4906.
4907Language=Turkish
4908 Displays the properties for the selected partition.
4909
4910Syntax: DETAIL PARTITION
4911
4912 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4913
4914Example:
4915
4916 DETAIL PARTITION
4917.
4918Language=Chinese
4919 Displays the properties for the selected partition.
4920
4921Syntax: DETAIL PARTITION
4922
4923 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4924
4925Example:
4926
4927 DETAIL PARTITION
4928.
4929Language=Taiwanese
4930 顯示已選擇之磁碟分割的內容。
4931
4932語法: DETAIL PARTITION
4933
4934 您必須先選擇一個磁碟分割，才能完成這個操作。
4935
4936範例:
4937
4938 DETAIL PARTITION
4939.
4940
4941MessageId=10022
4942SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_DETAIL_VOLUME
4943Severity=Informational
4944Facility=System
4945Language=English
4946 Displays the properties for the selected volume and the list of disks on
4947 which the volume resides.
4948
4949Syntax: DETAIL VOLUME
4950
4951 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4952
4953Example:
4954
4955 DETAIL VOLUME
4956.
4957Language=German
4958 Zeigt die Eigenschaften für das ausgewählte Volume und die Liste der
4959 Datenträger, die sich auf dem Volume befinden, an.
4960
4961Syntax: DETAIL VOLUME
4962
4963 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss ein Volume
4964 ausgewählt sein.
4965
4966Beispiel:
4967
4968 DETAIL VOLUME
4969.
4970Language=Polish
4971 Wyświetla właściwości wybranego woluminu oraz listę dysków, na których
4972 wolumin się znajduje.
4973
4974Składnia: DETAIL VOLUME
4975
4976 Do pomyślnego ukończenia operacji konieczne jest wybranie woluminu.
4977
4978Przykład:
4979
4980 DETAIL VOLUME
4981.
4982Language=Portugese
4983 Displays the properties for the selected volume and the list of disks on
4984 which the volume resides.
4985
4986Syntax: DETAIL VOLUME
4987
4988 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
4989
4990Example:
4991
4992 DETAIL VOLUME
4993.
4994Language=Romanian
4995 Afișează proprietățile pentru volumul selectat și listează discurile
4996 pe care aparține volumul.
4997
4998Sintaxă: DETAIL VOLUME
4999
5000 Un volum trebuie să fie selectat pentru ca această operațiune să reușească.
5001
5002De exemplu:
5003
5004 DETAIL VOLUME
5005.
5006Language=Russian
5007 Displays the properties for the selected volume and the list of disks on
5008 which the volume resides.
5009
5010Syntax: DETAIL VOLUME
5011
5012 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5013
5014Example:
5015
5016 DETAIL VOLUME
5017.
5018Language=Albanian
5019 Displays the properties for the selected volume and the list of disks on
5020 which the volume resides.
5021
5022Syntax: DETAIL VOLUME
5023
5024 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5025
5026Example:
5027
5028 DETAIL VOLUME
5029.
5030Language=Turkish
5031 Displays the properties for the selected volume and the list of disks on
5032 which the volume resides.
5033
5034Syntax: DETAIL VOLUME
5035
5036 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5037
5038Example:
5039
5040 DETAIL VOLUME
5041.
5042Language=Chinese
5043 Displays the properties for the selected volume and the list of disks on
5044 which the volume resides.
5045
5046Syntax: DETAIL VOLUME
5047
5048 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5049
5050Example:
5051
5052 DETAIL VOLUME
5053.
5054Language=Taiwanese
5055 顯示已選擇之磁碟區的內容，及磁碟區所在的磁碟清單。
5056
5057語法: DETAIL VOLUME
5058
5059 您必須先選擇一個磁碟區，才能完成這個操作。
5060
5061範例:
5062
5063 DETAIL VOLUME
5064.
5065
5066
5067MessageId=10023
5068SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_DETACH
5069Severity=Informational
5070Facility=System
5071Language=English
5072<Add DETACH command help text here>
5073.
5074Language=German
5075<Add DETACH command help text here>
5076.
5077Language=Polish
5078<Add DETACH command help text here>
5079.
5080Language=Portugese
5081<Add DETACH command help text here>
5082.
5083Language=Romanian
5084<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda DETACH>
5085.
5086Language=Russian
5087<Add DETACH command help text here>
5088.
5089Language=Albanian
5090<Add DETACH command help text here>
5091.
5092Language=Turkish
5093<Add DETACH command help text here>
5094.
5095Language=Chinese
5096<Add DETACH command help text here>
5097.
5098Language=Taiwanese
5099<Add DETACH command help text here>
5100.
5101
5102
5103MessageId=10024
5104SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_EXIT
5105Severity=Informational
5106Facility=System
5107Language=English
5108 Exits the DiskPart command interpreter.
5109
5110Syntax: EXIT
5111
5112Example:
5113
5114 EXIT
5115.
5116Language=German
5117 Beendet den Befehlsinterpreter DiskPart.
5118
5119Syntax: EXIT
5120
5121Beispiel:
5122
5123 EXIT
5124.
5125Language=Polish
5126 Kończy działanie interpretera poleceń programu DiskPart.
5127
5128Składnia: EXIT
5129
5130Przykład:
5131
5132 EXIT
5133.
5134Language=Portugese
5135 Exits the DiskPart command interpreter.
5136
5137Syntax: EXIT
5138
5139Example:
5140
5141 EXIT
5142.
5143Language=Romanian
5144 Iese din interpretorul de comenzi al programului DiskPart.
5145
5146Sintaxă: EXIT
5147
5148De exemplu:
5149
5150 EXIT
5151.
5152Language=Russian
5153 Exits the DiskPart command interpreter.
5154
5155Syntax: EXIT
5156
5157Example:
5158
5159 EXIT
5160.
5161Language=Albanian
5162 Exits the DiskPart command interpreter.
5163
5164Syntax: EXIT
5165
5166Example:
5167
5168 EXIT
5169.
5170Language=Turkish
5171 Exits the DiskPart command interpreter.
5172
5173Syntax: EXIT
5174
5175Example:
5176
5177 EXIT
5178.
5179Language=Chinese
5180 Exits the DiskPart command interpreter.
5181
5182Syntax: EXIT
5183
5184Example:
5185
5186 EXIT
5187.
5188Language=Taiwanese
5189 結束 DiskPart 命令直譯器。
5190
5191語法: EXIT
5192
5193範例:
5194
5195 EXIT
5196.
5197
5198
5199MessageId=10025
5200SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_EXPAND
5201Severity=Informational
5202Facility=System
5203Language=English
5204<Add EXPAND command help text here>
5205.
5206Language=German
5207<Add EXPAND command help text here>
5208.
5209Language=Polish
5210<Add EXPAND command help text here>
5211.
5212Language=Portugese
5213<Add EXPAND command help text here>
5214.
5215Language=Romanian
5216<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda EXPAND>
5217.
5218Language=Russian
5219<Add EXPAND command help text here>
5220.
5221Language=Albanian
5222<Add EXPAND command help text here>
5223.
5224Language=Turkish
5225<Add EXPAND command help text here>
5226.
5227Language=Chinese
5228<Add EXPAND command help text here>
5229.
5230Language=Taiwanese
5231<Add EXPAND command help text here>
5232.
5233
5234
5235MessageId=10026
5236SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_EXTEND
5237Severity=Informational
5238Facility=System
5239Language=English
5240<Add EXTEND command help text here>
5241.
5242Language=German
5243<Add EXTEND command help text here>
5244.
5245Language=Polish
5246<Add EXTEND command help text here>
5247.
5248Language=Portugese
5249<Add EXTEND command help text here>
5250.
5251Language=Romanian
5252<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda EXTEND>
5253.
5254Language=Russian
5255<Add EXTEND command help text here>
5256.
5257Language=Albanian
5258<Add EXTEND command help text here>
5259.
5260Language=Turkish
5261<Add EXTEND command help text here>
5262.
5263Language=Chinese
5264<Add EXTEND command help text here>
5265.
5266Language=Taiwanese
5267<Add EXTEND command help text here>
5268.
5269
5270
5271MessageId=10027
5272SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_FILESYSTEMS
5273Severity=Informational
5274Facility=System
5275Language=English
5276 Displays information about the current file system for the selected
5277 volume, and the supported file systems for formatting the volume.
5278
5279Syntax: FILESYSTEMS
5280
5281 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5282
5283Example:
5284
5285 FILESYSTEMS
5286.
5287Language=German
5288 Zeigt Informationen zum aktuelle Dateisystem für das ausgewählte
5289 Volume und die unterstützten Dateisysteme zum Formatieren des
5290 Volumes an.
5291
5292Syntax: FILESYSTEMS
5293
5294 Damit diesr Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss ein
5295 Volume ausgewählt sein.
5296
5297Beispiel:
5298
5299 FILESYSTEMS
5300.
5301Language=Polish
5302 Wyświetla informacje o bieżącym systemie plików w wybranym woluminie
5303 i systemach plików obsługiwanych przy formatowaniu woluminu.
5304
5305Składnia: FILESYSTEMS
5306
5307 Aby ta operacja się powiodła, musi być wybrany wolumin.
5308
5309Przykład:
5310
5311 FILESYSTEMS
5312.
5313Language=Portugese
5314 Displays information about the current file system for the selected
5315 volume, and the supported file systems for formatting the volume.
5316
5317Syntax: FILESYSTEMS
5318
5319 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5320
5321Example:
5322
5323 FILESYSTEMS
5324.
5325Language=Romanian
5326 Afișează informații despre sistemul actual de fișiere pentru volumul
5327 selectat și pentru sistemele de fișiere suportate pentru formatarea
5328 volumului.
5329
5330Sintaxă: FILESYSTEMS
5331
5332 Un volum trebuie să fie selectat pentru ca această operațiune să reușească.
5333
5334De exemplu:
5335
5336 FILESYSTEMS
5337.
5338Language=Russian
5339 Displays information about the current file system for the selected
5340 volume, and the supported file systems for formatting the volume.
5341
5342Syntax: FILESYSTEMS
5343
5344 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5345
5346Example:
5347
5348 FILESYSTEMS
5349.
5350Language=Albanian
5351 Displays information about the current file system for the selected
5352 volume, and the supported file systems for formatting the volume.
5353
5354Syntax: FILESYSTEMS
5355
5356 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5357
5358Example:
5359
5360 FILESYSTEMS
5361.
5362Language=Turkish
5363 Displays information about the current file system for the selected
5364 volume, and the supported file systems for formatting the volume.
5365
5366Syntax: FILESYSTEMS
5367
5368 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5369
5370Example:
5371
5372 FILESYSTEMS
5373.
5374Language=Chinese
5375 Displays information about the current file system for the selected
5376 volume, and the supported file systems for formatting the volume.
5377
5378Syntax: FILESYSTEMS
5379
5380 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5381
5382Example:
5383
5384 FILESYSTEMS
5385.
5386Language=Taiwanese
5387 顯示所選取磁碟區之目前檔案系統的相關資訊，
5388 及可支援的檔案系統，以格式化該磁碟區。
5389
5390語法: FILESYSTEMS
5391
5392 您必須先選擇一個磁碟區，才能完成這個操作。
5393
5394範例:
5395
5396 FILESYSTEMS
5397.
5398
5399
5400MessageId=10028
5401SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_FORMAT
5402Severity=Informational
5403Facility=System
5404Language=English
5405 Formats the specified volume for use with ReactOS.
5406
5407Syntax: FORMAT [[FS=<FS>] [REVISION=<X.XX>] | RECOMMENDED] [LABEL=<"label">]
5408 [UNIT=<N>] [QUICK] [COMPRESS] [OVERRIDE] [DUPLICATE] [NOWAIT]
5409 [NOERR]
5410
5411 FS=<FS> Specifies the type of file system. If no file system is given,
5412 the default file system displayed by the FILESYSTEMS command is
5413 used.
5414
5415 REVISION=<X.XX>
5416
5417 Specifies the file system revision (if applicable).
5418
5419 RECOMMENDED If specified, use the recommended file system and revision
5420 instead of the default if a recommendation exists. The
5421 recommended file system (if one exists) is displayed by the
5422 FILESYSTEMS command.
5423
5424 LABEL=<"label">
5425
5426 Specifies the volume label.
5427
5428 UNIT=<N> Overrides the default allocation unit size. Default settings
5429 are strongly recommended for general use. The default
5430 allocation unit size for a particular file system is displayed
5431 by the FILESYSTEMS command.
5432
5433 NTFS compression is not supported for allocation unit sizes
5434 above 4096.
5435
5436 QUICK Performs a quick format.
5437
5438 COMPRESS NTFS only: Files created on the new volume will be compressed
5439 by default.
5440
5441 OVERRIDE Forces the file system to dismount first if necessary. All
5442 opened handles to the volume would no longer be valid.
5443
5444 DUPLICATE UDF Only: This flag applies to UDF format, version 2.5 or
5445 higher.
5446 This flag instructs the format operation to duplicate the file
5447 system meta-data to a second set of sectors on the disk. The
5448 duplicate meta-data is used by applications, for example repair
5449 or recovery applications. If the primary meta-data sectors are
5450 found to be corrupted, the file system meta-data will be read
5451 from the duplicate sectors.
5452
5453 NOWAIT Forces the command to return immediately while the format
5454 process is still in progress. If NOWAIT is not specified,
5455 DiskPart will display format progress in percentage.
5456
5457 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
5458 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
5459 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
5460 with an error code.
5461
5462 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5463
5464Examples:
5465
5466 FORMAT FS=NTFS LABEL="New Volume" QUICK COMPRESS
5467 FORMAT RECOMMENDED OVERRIDE
5468.
5469Language=German
5470 Formatiert das angegebene Volume für die Verwendung mit ReactOS.
5471
5472Syntax: FORMAT [[FS=<FS>] [REVISION=<X.XX>] | RECOMMENDED] [LABEL=<"label">]
5473 [UNIT=<N>] [QUICK] [COMPRESS] [OVERRIDE] [DUPLICATE] [NOWAIT]
5474 [NOERR]
5475
5476 FS=<FS> Gibt den Typ des Dateisystems an. Falls kein Dateisystem
5477 angegeben wurde, wird das durch den Befehl
5478 "FILESYSTEMS" angezeigte Standarddateisystem
5479 verwendet.
5480
5481 REVISION=<X.XX>
5482
5483 Gibt die Dateisystemversion an (sofern zutreffend).
5484
5485 RECOMMENDED Sofern angegeben, werden anstelle der Standardein-
5486 stellung das empfohlene Dateisystem und die Version verwendet,
5487 falls eine Empfehlung vorhanden ist. Das empfohlene Dateisystem
5488 (sofern vorhanden) wird durch den Befehl "FILESYSTEMS"
5489 angezeigt.
5490
5491 LABEL=<"label">
5492 Gibt die Volumebezeichnung an.
5493
5494 UNIT=<N> Überschreibt die standardmäßige Größe der
5495 Zuteilungseinheit. Für die allgemeine Verwendung
5496 werden dringend die Standardeinstellungen
5497 empfohlen.
5498 Die standardmäßige Größe der Zuteilungseinheit
5499 für ein bestimmtes Dateisystem wird durch den
5500 Befehl "FILESYSTEMS" angezeigt.
5501
5502 NTFS-Komprimierung wird für Zuteilungseinheitsgrößen
5503 über 4096 nicht unterstützt.
5504
5505 QUICK Führt eine Schnellformatierung aus.
5506
5507 COMPRESS nur NTFS: Auf dem neuen Volume erstellte Dateien
5508 werden standardmäßig komprimiert.
5509
5510 OVERRIDE Erzwingt ggf. die Aufhebung der Bereitstellung des
5511 Dateisystems als ersten Schritt. Alle geöffneten Handles für
5512 das Volume besäßen keine Gültigkeit mehr.
5513
5514 DUPLICATE nur UDF: Dieses Kennzeichen gilt für das UDF-Format,
5515 Version 2.5 oder höher. Durch dieses Kennzeichen wird der
5516 Formatvorgang angewiesen, die Dateisystem-Metadaten
5517 auf einem zweiten Sektorensatz auf dem Datenträger zu
5518 duplizieren. Die duplizierten Metadaten werden von
5519 Anwendungen verwendet, beispielsweise für Reparatur-
5520 oder Wiederherstellungsanwendungen.
5521 Wird festgestellt, dass primäre Metadatensektoren beschädigt
5522 sind, werden die Dateisystem-Metadaten aus den doppelten
5523 Sektoren gelesen.
5524
5525 NOWAIT Erzwingt die sofortige Rückgabe des Befehls, während der
5526 Formatierungsprozess noch stattfindet. Falls "NOWAIT" nicht
5527 angegeben wurde, wird der Fortschritt des Formatierungs-
5528 vorgangs von DiskPart in Prozent angezeigt.
5529
5530 NOERR Nur für Skripting. Wird ein Fehler festgestellt, werden
5531 Befehle weiterhin so verarbeitet, als wäre der Fehler
5532 nicht aufgetreten. Ohne den Parameter "NOERR"
5533 wird DiskPart aufgrund eines Fehlers mit einem
5534 Fehlercode beendet.
5535
5536 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ist, muss ein Volume ausgewählt werden.
5537
5538Beispiele:
5539
5540 FORMAT FS=NTFS LABEL="Neues Volume" QUICK COMPRESS
5541 FORMAT RECOMMENDED OVERRIDE
5542.
5543Language=Polish
5544 Formats the specified volume for use with ReactOS.
5545
5546Syntax: FORMAT [[FS=<FS>] [REVISION=<X.XX>] | RECOMMENDED] [LABEL=<"label">]
5547 [UNIT=<N>] [QUICK] [COMPRESS] [OVERRIDE] [DUPLICATE] [NOWAIT]
5548 [NOERR]
5549
5550 FS=<FS> Specifies the type of file system. If no file system is given,
5551 the default file system displayed by the FILESYSTEMS command is
5552 used.
5553
5554 REVISION=<X.XX>
5555
5556 Specifies the file system revision (if applicable).
5557
5558 RECOMMENDED If specified, use the recommended file system and revision
5559 instead of the default if a recommendation exists. The
5560 recommended file system (if one exists) is displayed by the
5561 FILESYSTEMS command.
5562
5563 LABEL=<"label">
5564
5565 Specifies the volume label.
5566
5567 UNIT=<N> Overrides the default allocation unit size. Default settings
5568 are strongly recommended for general use. The default
5569 allocation unit size for a particular file system is displayed
5570 by the FILESYSTEMS command.
5571
5572 NTFS compression is not supported for allocation unit sizes
5573 above 4096.
5574
5575 QUICK Performs a quick format.
5576
5577 COMPRESS NTFS only: Files created on the new volume will be compressed
5578 by default.
5579
5580 OVERRIDE Forces the file system to dismount first if necessary. All
5581 opened handles to the volume would no longer be valid.
5582
5583 DUPLICATE UDF Only: This flag applies to UDF format, version 2.5 or
5584 higher.
5585 This flag instructs the format operation to duplicate the file
5586 system meta-data to a second set of sectors on the disk. The
5587 duplicate meta-data is used by applications, for example repair
5588 or recovery applications. If the primary meta-data sectors are
5589 found to be corrupted, the file system meta-data will be read
5590 from the duplicate sectors.
5591
5592 NOWAIT Forces the command to return immediately while the format
5593 process is still in progress. If NOWAIT is not specified,
5594 DiskPart will display format progress in percentage.
5595
5596 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
5597 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
5598 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
5599 with an error code.
5600
5601 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5602
5603Examples:
5604
5605 FORMAT FS=NTFS LABEL="New Volume" QUICK COMPRESS
5606 FORMAT RECOMMENDED OVERRIDE
5607.
5608Language=Portugese
5609 Formats the specified volume for use with ReactOS.
5610
5611Syntax: FORMAT [[FS=<FS>] [REVISION=<X.XX>] | RECOMMENDED] [LABEL=<"label">]
5612 [UNIT=<N>] [QUICK] [COMPRESS] [OVERRIDE] [DUPLICATE] [NOWAIT]
5613 [NOERR]
5614
5615 FS=<FS> Specifies the type of file system. If no file system is given,
5616 the default file system displayed by the FILESYSTEMS command is
5617 used.
5618
5619 REVISION=<X.XX>
5620
5621 Specifies the file system revision (if applicable).
5622
5623 RECOMMENDED If specified, use the recommended file system and revision
5624 instead of the default if a recommendation exists. The
5625 recommended file system (if one exists) is displayed by the
5626 FILESYSTEMS command.
5627
5628 LABEL=<"label">
5629
5630 Specifies the volume label.
5631
5632 UNIT=<N> Overrides the default allocation unit size. Default settings
5633 are strongly recommended for general use. The default
5634 allocation unit size for a particular file system is displayed
5635 by the FILESYSTEMS command.
5636
5637 NTFS compression is not supported for allocation unit sizes
5638 above 4096.
5639
5640 QUICK Performs a quick format.
5641
5642 COMPRESS NTFS only: Files created on the new volume will be compressed
5643 by default.
5644
5645 OVERRIDE Forces the file system to dismount first if necessary. All
5646 opened handles to the volume would no longer be valid.
5647
5648 DUPLICATE UDF Only: This flag applies to UDF format, version 2.5 or
5649 higher.
5650 This flag instructs the format operation to duplicate the file
5651 system meta-data to a second set of sectors on the disk. The
5652 duplicate meta-data is used by applications, for example repair
5653 or recovery applications. If the primary meta-data sectors are
5654 found to be corrupted, the file system meta-data will be read
5655 from the duplicate sectors.
5656
5657 NOWAIT Forces the command to return immediately while the format
5658 process is still in progress. If NOWAIT is not specified,
5659 DiskPart will display format progress in percentage.
5660
5661 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
5662 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
5663 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
5664 with an error code.
5665
5666 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5667
5668Examples:
5669
5670 FORMAT FS=NTFS LABEL="New Volume" QUICK COMPRESS
5671 FORMAT RECOMMENDED OVERRIDE
5672.
5673Language=Romanian
5674 Formatează volumul specificat pentru folosire cu ReactOS.
5675
5676Sintaxă: FORMAT [[FS=<FS>] [REVISION=<X.XX>] | RECOMMENDED] [LABEL=<"label">]
5677 [UNIT=<N>] [QUICK] [COMPRESS] [OVERRIDE] [DUPLICATE] [NOWAIT]
5678 [NOERR]
5679
5680 FS=<FS> Specifică tipul sistemului de fișiere. Dacă nu e dat niciun
5681 sistem de fișiere, este folosit sistemul de fișiere implicit
5682 afișat de comanda FILESYSTEMS.
5683
5684 REVISION=<X.XX>
5685
5686 Specifică revizia sistemului de fișiere (dacă este aplicabil).
5687
5688 RECOMMENDED Dacă este specificat, folosiți sistemul de fișiere recomandat
5689 și revizia în locul celui implicit dacă există o
5690 recomandare. Sistemul de fișiere recomandat (dacă există unul)
5691 este afișat de comanda FILESYSTEMS.
5692
5693 LABEL=<"etichetă">
5694
5695 Specifică eticheta volumului.
5696
5697 UNIT=<N> Ignoră dimensiunea implicită a unității de alocare. Setările
5698 implicite sunt recomandate cu tărie pentru uz general.
5699 Dimensiunea implicită a unității de alocare pentru un anumit
5700 sistem de fișiere este afișată de comanda FILESYSTEMS.
5701
5702 Comprimarea NTFS nu este acceptată pentru dimensiunile
5703 unităților de alocare mai mari de 4096.
5704
5705 QUICK Efectuează o formatare rapidă.
5706
5707 COMPRESS Numai pentru formatul NTFS: Fișierele create pe noul volum
5708 vor fi comprimate în mod implicit.
5709 OVERRIDE Forțează mai întâi demontarea sistemului de fișiere, dacă e
5710 necesar. Toate identificatoarele de gestiune deschise ale
5711 volumului nu ar mai fi valabile.
5712
5713 DUPLICATE Numai pentru formatul UDF: Această etichetă e aplicată
5714 formatului UDF, versiunea 2.5 sau mai nouă. Această etichetă
5715 intruiește operațiunea de formatare să dubleze metadatele
5716 sistemului de fișiere la cel de al doilea set de sectoare
5717 de pe disc. Metadatele dublate sunt folosite de aplicații,
5718 de exemplu de utilitare de reparare și de recuperare. Dacă
5719 sectoarele primare de metadate sunt găsite ca și corupte,
5720 metadatele sistemului de fișiere vor fi citite de sectoarele
5721 duplicate.
5722
5723 NOWAIT Forțează comanda să se întoarcă imediat atât timp cât procesul
5724 de formatare este încă în curs. Dacă NOWAIT nu este
5725 specificat, programul DiskPart va afișa progesul formatării
5726 în procente.
5727
5728 NOERR Doar pentru scriere de fișiere script. Când apare o eroare,
5729 programul DiskPart continuă să proceseze comenzi ca și când
5730 eroarea nu ar fi apărut. Fără parametrul NOERR, o eroare
5731 cauzează programul DiskPart să se închidă cu un cod de eroare.
5732
5733 Un volum trebuie să fie selectat pentru ca această operațiune să reușească.
5734
5735De exemplu:
5736
5737 FORMAT FS=NTFS LABEL="Volum nou" QUICK COMPRESS
5738 FORMAT RECOMMENDED OVERRIDE
5739.
5740Language=Russian
5741 Formats the specified volume for use with ReactOS.
5742
5743Syntax: FORMAT [[FS=<FS>] [REVISION=<X.XX>] | RECOMMENDED] [LABEL=<"label">]
5744 [UNIT=<N>] [QUICK] [COMPRESS] [OVERRIDE] [DUPLICATE] [NOWAIT]
5745 [NOERR]
5746
5747 FS=<FS> Specifies the type of file system. If no file system is given,
5748 the default file system displayed by the FILESYSTEMS command is
5749 used.
5750
5751 REVISION=<X.XX>
5752
5753 Specifies the file system revision (if applicable).
5754
5755 RECOMMENDED If specified, use the recommended file system and revision
5756 instead of the default if a recommendation exists. The
5757 recommended file system (if one exists) is displayed by the
5758 FILESYSTEMS command.
5759
5760 LABEL=<"label">
5761
5762 Specifies the volume label.
5763
5764 UNIT=<N> Overrides the default allocation unit size. Default settings
5765 are strongly recommended for general use. The default
5766 allocation unit size for a particular file system is displayed
5767 by the FILESYSTEMS command.
5768
5769 NTFS compression is not supported for allocation unit sizes
5770 above 4096.
5771
5772 QUICK Performs a quick format.
5773
5774 COMPRESS NTFS only: Files created on the new volume will be compressed
5775 by default.
5776
5777 OVERRIDE Forces the file system to dismount first if necessary. All
5778 opened handles to the volume would no longer be valid.
5779
5780 DUPLICATE UDF Only: This flag applies to UDF format, version 2.5 or
5781 higher.
5782 This flag instructs the format operation to duplicate the file
5783 system meta-data to a second set of sectors on the disk. The
5784 duplicate meta-data is used by applications, for example repair
5785 or recovery applications. If the primary meta-data sectors are
5786 found to be corrupted, the file system meta-data will be read
5787 from the duplicate sectors.
5788
5789 NOWAIT Forces the command to return immediately while the format
5790 process is still in progress. If NOWAIT is not specified,
5791 DiskPart will display format progress in percentage.
5792
5793 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
5794 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
5795 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
5796 with an error code.
5797
5798 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5799
5800Examples:
5801
5802 FORMAT FS=NTFS LABEL="New Volume" QUICK COMPRESS
5803 FORMAT RECOMMENDED OVERRIDE
5804.
5805Language=Albanian
5806 Formats the specified volume for use with ReactOS.
5807
5808Syntax: FORMAT [[FS=<FS>] [REVISION=<X.XX>] | RECOMMENDED] [LABEL=<"label">]
5809 [UNIT=<N>] [QUICK] [COMPRESS] [OVERRIDE] [DUPLICATE] [NOWAIT]
5810 [NOERR]
5811
5812 FS=<FS> Specifies the type of file system. If no file system is given,
5813 the default file system displayed by the FILESYSTEMS command is
5814 used.
5815
5816 REVISION=<X.XX>
5817
5818 Specifies the file system revision (if applicable).
5819
5820 RECOMMENDED If specified, use the recommended file system and revision
5821 instead of the default if a recommendation exists. The
5822 recommended file system (if one exists) is displayed by the
5823 FILESYSTEMS command.
5824
5825 LABEL=<"label">
5826
5827 Specifies the volume label.
5828
5829 UNIT=<N> Overrides the default allocation unit size. Default settings
5830 are strongly recommended for general use. The default
5831 allocation unit size for a particular file system is displayed
5832 by the FILESYSTEMS command.
5833
5834 NTFS compression is not supported for allocation unit sizes
5835 above 4096.
5836
5837 QUICK Performs a quick format.
5838
5839 COMPRESS NTFS only: Files created on the new volume will be compressed
5840 by default.
5841
5842 OVERRIDE Forces the file system to dismount first if necessary. All
5843 opened handles to the volume would no longer be valid.
5844
5845 DUPLICATE UDF Only: This flag applies to UDF format, version 2.5 or
5846 higher.
5847 This flag instructs the format operation to duplicate the file
5848 system meta-data to a second set of sectors on the disk. The
5849 duplicate meta-data is used by applications, for example repair
5850 or recovery applications. If the primary meta-data sectors are
5851 found to be corrupted, the file system meta-data will be read
5852 from the duplicate sectors.
5853
5854 NOWAIT Forces the command to return immediately while the format
5855 process is still in progress. If NOWAIT is not specified,
5856 DiskPart will display format progress in percentage.
5857
5858 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
5859 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
5860 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
5861 with an error code.
5862
5863 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5864
5865Examples:
5866
5867 FORMAT FS=NTFS LABEL="New Volume" QUICK COMPRESS
5868 FORMAT RECOMMENDED OVERRIDE
5869.
5870Language=Turkish
5871 Formats the specified volume for use with ReactOS.
5872
5873Syntax: FORMAT [[FS=<FS>] [REVISION=<X.XX>] | RECOMMENDED] [LABEL=<"label">]
5874 [UNIT=<N>] [QUICK] [COMPRESS] [OVERRIDE] [DUPLICATE] [NOWAIT]
5875 [NOERR]
5876
5877 FS=<FS> Specifies the type of file system. If no file system is given,
5878 the default file system displayed by the FILESYSTEMS command is
5879 used.
5880
5881 REVISION=<X.XX>
5882
5883 Specifies the file system revision (if applicable).
5884
5885 RECOMMENDED If specified, use the recommended file system and revision
5886 instead of the default if a recommendation exists. The
5887 recommended file system (if one exists) is displayed by the
5888 FILESYSTEMS command.
5889
5890 LABEL=<"label">
5891
5892 Specifies the volume label.
5893
5894 UNIT=<N> Overrides the default allocation unit size. Default settings
5895 are strongly recommended for general use. The default
5896 allocation unit size for a particular file system is displayed
5897 by the FILESYSTEMS command.
5898
5899 NTFS compression is not supported for allocation unit sizes
5900 above 4096.
5901
5902 QUICK Performs a quick format.
5903
5904 COMPRESS NTFS only: Files created on the new volume will be compressed
5905 by default.
5906
5907 OVERRIDE Forces the file system to dismount first if necessary. All
5908 opened handles to the volume would no longer be valid.
5909
5910 DUPLICATE UDF Only: This flag applies to UDF format, version 2.5 or
5911 higher.
5912 This flag instructs the format operation to duplicate the file
5913 system meta-data to a second set of sectors on the disk. The
5914 duplicate meta-data is used by applications, for example repair
5915 or recovery applications. If the primary meta-data sectors are
5916 found to be corrupted, the file system meta-data will be read
5917 from the duplicate sectors.
5918
5919 NOWAIT Forces the command to return immediately while the format
5920 process is still in progress. If NOWAIT is not specified,
5921 DiskPart will display format progress in percentage.
5922
5923 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
5924 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
5925 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
5926 with an error code.
5927
5928 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5929
5930Examples:
5931
5932 FORMAT FS=NTFS LABEL="New Volume" QUICK COMPRESS
5933 FORMAT RECOMMENDED OVERRIDE
5934.
5935Language=Chinese
5936 Formats the specified volume for use with ReactOS.
5937
5938Syntax: FORMAT [[FS=<FS>] [REVISION=<X.XX>] | RECOMMENDED] [LABEL=<"label">]
5939 [UNIT=<N>] [QUICK] [COMPRESS] [OVERRIDE] [DUPLICATE] [NOWAIT]
5940 [NOERR]
5941
5942 FS=<FS> Specifies the type of file system. If no file system is given,
5943 the default file system displayed by the FILESYSTEMS command is
5944 used.
5945
5946 REVISION=<X.XX>
5947
5948 Specifies the file system revision (if applicable).
5949
5950 RECOMMENDED If specified, use the recommended file system and revision
5951 instead of the default if a recommendation exists. The
5952 recommended file system (if one exists) is displayed by the
5953 FILESYSTEMS command.
5954
5955 LABEL=<"label">
5956
5957 Specifies the volume label.
5958
5959 UNIT=<N> Overrides the default allocation unit size. Default settings
5960 are strongly recommended for general use. The default
5961 allocation unit size for a particular file system is displayed
5962 by the FILESYSTEMS command.
5963
5964 NTFS compression is not supported for allocation unit sizes
5965 above 4096.
5966
5967 QUICK Performs a quick format.
5968
5969 COMPRESS NTFS only: Files created on the new volume will be compressed
5970 by default.
5971
5972 OVERRIDE Forces the file system to dismount first if necessary. All
5973 opened handles to the volume would no longer be valid.
5974
5975 DUPLICATE UDF Only: This flag applies to UDF format, version 2.5 or
5976 higher.
5977 This flag instructs the format operation to duplicate the file
5978 system meta-data to a second set of sectors on the disk. The
5979 duplicate meta-data is used by applications, for example repair
5980 or recovery applications. If the primary meta-data sectors are
5981 found to be corrupted, the file system meta-data will be read
5982 from the duplicate sectors.
5983
5984 NOWAIT Forces the command to return immediately while the format
5985 process is still in progress. If NOWAIT is not specified,
5986 DiskPart will display format progress in percentage.
5987
5988 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
5989 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
5990 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
5991 with an error code.
5992
5993 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
5994
5995Examples:
5996
5997 FORMAT FS=NTFS LABEL="New Volume" QUICK COMPRESS
5998 FORMAT RECOMMENDED OVERRIDE
5999.
6000Language=Taiwanese
6001 格式化指定的磁碟區以供 ReactOS 使用。
6002
6003語法: FORMAT [[FS=<FS>] [REVISION=<X.XX>] | RECOMMENDED] [LABEL=<"label">]
6004 [UNIT=<N>] [QUICK] [COMPRESS] [OVERRIDE] [DUPLICATE] [NOWAIT]
6005 [NOERR]
6006
6007 FS=<FS> 指定檔案系統的類型。如果沒有提供檔案系統，則會使用
6008 FILESYSTEMS 命令顯示的預設檔案系統。
6009
6010 REVISION=<X.XX>
6011
6012 指定檔案系統修訂編號 (如適用)。
6013
6014 RECOMMENDED 如果指定這個參數，請使用建議的檔案系統及修訂編號以取代
6015 預設的修訂編號 (如果有建議的話)。
6016 FILESYSTEMS 命令可顯示建議的檔案系統 (如果有建議設定)。
6017
6018 LABEL=<"label">
6019
6020 指定磁碟區標籤。
6021
6022 UNIT=<N> 覆寫預設的配置單位大小。在一般使用情況下，強烈建議使用預設
6023 設定。您可以使用 FILESYSTEMS 命令來顯示特定檔案系統的
6024 預設配置單位大小。
6025
6026 NTFS 壓縮不支援超過 4096 的配置單位大小。
6027
6028 QUICK 進行快速格式化。
6029
6030 COMPRESS 只限 NTFS: 預設情況下，在新磁碟區上建立的檔案將會被壓縮。
6031
6032 OVERRIDE 如果有必要，會強制先解下磁碟區。所有已開啟的磁碟區
6033 控制代碼將會失效。
6034
6035 DUPLICATE 只限 UDF: 這個旗標適用於 UDF 格式 2.5 或更高版本。
6036 這個旗標會指示格式化操作將檔案系統的中繼資料複製到磁碟上的
6037 第二組扇區。複製的中繼資料可被應用程式使用，例如修復或恢復
6038 應用程式。如果系統發現主要中繼資料扇區損壞，則會從複製扇區
6039 中讀取檔案系統中繼資料。
6040
6041 NOWAIT 當格式化程序仍在進行中的時候，強制該命令立刻返回。
6042 如果沒有指定 NOWAIT，DiskPart 將會以百分比顯示格式化進度。
6043
6044 NOERR 只限指令碼。當發生錯誤時，DiskPart 會繼續處理命令，
6045 如同沒有發生任何錯誤一樣。如果沒有使用 NOERR 參數，
6046 錯誤會導致 DiskPart 結束，並傳回錯誤碼。
6047
6048 您必須先選擇一個磁碟區，才能完成這個操作。
6049
6050範例:
6051
6052 FORMAT FS=NTFS LABEL="New Volume" QUICK COMPRESS
6053 FORMAT RECOMMENDED OVERRIDE
6054.
6055
6056
6057MessageId=10029
6058SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_GPT
6059Severity=Informational
6060Facility=System
6061Language=English
6062 On basic GUID partition table (GPT) disks, assigns the GPT attribute(s) to
6063 the partition with focus.
6064
6065Syntax: GPT ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6066
6067 ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6068
6069 The hexadecimal value indicating the attributes to apply to the
6070 partition with focus. The GPT attribute field is a 64-bit field
6071 that contains two subfields. The higher field is interpreted
6072 only in the context of a particular partition type GUID, while
6073 the lower field is common to all partition types.
6074
6075 The following attribute can be set on any partition:
6076
6077 0x0000000000000001 marks the partition as required. This
6078 indicates to all disk management utilities that the partition
6079 should not be deleted. The EFI System partition contains only
6080 those binaries necessary to start the operating system. This
6081 makes it easy for original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or
6082 operating system-specific binaries to be placed in other
6083 partitions.
6084
6085 For basic data partitions, the following attributes are defined:
6086
6087 0x8000000000000000
6088 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_NO_DRIVE_LETTER
6089 Prevents the partition from having a drive
6090 letter automatically assigned. By default, each partition is
6091 assigned a new drive letter and a volume GUID pathname. Both
6092 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6093 open the volume using Win32 APIs. Setting this attribute ensures
6094 that when a disk is moved to a new computer, a new drive letter
6095 will not be automatically generated. Instead, the user can
6096 manually assign drive letters.
6097
6098 0x4000000000000000
6099 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
6100 Defines the partition's volume as hidden.
6101 Setting this attribute specifies that the volume will not be
6102 assigned a drive letter or a volume GUID pathname. Both
6103 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6104 open the volume using Win32 APIs. A hidden partition's
6105 volume is not reported by Win32 APIs such as FindFirstVolume
6106 and FindNextVolume.
6107
6108 0x2000000000000000
6109 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_SHADOW_COPY
6110 Defines the partition as being a Volume Snapshot Service
6111 shadow copy volume. Fle system filters use this flag to
6112 prevent the filter from attaching to the volume.
6113
6114 0x1000000000000000
6115 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_READ_ONLY
6116 Prevents the volume from being written to.
6117
6118 Other attributes may be added at any time.
6119
6120 GPT partition attributes give additional information about the use of the
6121 partition.
6122
6123 A basic GPT partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
6124
6125 Caution:
6126
6127 Changing the GPT attributes might cause your basic data volumes to
6128 fail to be assigned drive letters, or prevent the file system from
6129 mounting. Unless you are an original equipment manufacturer (OEM)
6130 or an IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do not change GPT
6131 attributes.
6132
6133Example:
6134
6135 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0x8000000000000000
6136 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0xF000000000000001
6137.
6138Language=German
6139 Weist auf GPT-Basisdatenträgern (GPT = GUID-Partitionstabelle) der
6140 ausgewählten Partition die GPT-Attribute zu.
6141
6142Syntax: GPT ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6143
6144 ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6145
6146 Der Hexadezimalwert gibt die Attribute an, die auf die
6147 ausgewählte Partition angewendet werden sollen. Das GPT-Attributfeld
6148 ist ein 64-Bit-Feld, das zwei Unterfelder enthält. Das höhere Feld wird nur
6149 im Kontext einer bestimmten Partitionstyp-GUID interpretiert, während
6150 das niedrigere Feld für alle Partitionstypen verwendet wird.
6151
6152 Folgendes Attribut kann für alle Partitionen festgelegt werden:
6153
6154 0x0000000000000001 markiert die Partition als erforderlich. Damit
6155 wird allen Hilfsprogrammen zur Datenträgerverwaltung angezeigt, dass
6156 die Partition nicht gelöscht werden darf. Die EFI-Systempartition enthält
6157 nur die zum Starten des Betriebssystems erforderlichen Binärdateien. Dadurch
6158 können OEM-spezifische oder für das Betriebssystem erforderliche
6159 Binärdateien problemlos in anderen Partitionen abgelegt
6160 werden.
6161
6162 Für Basisdatenpartitionen sind folgende Attribute definiert:
6163
6164 0x8000000000000000
6165 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_NO_DRIVE_LETTER
6166 Verhindert, dass der Partition automatisch ein
6167 Laufwerkbuchstabe zugewiesen wird. Standardmäßig wird jeder Partition ein neuer
6168 Laufwerkbuchstabe und ein Volume-GUID-Pfadname zugewiesen. Der
6169 Laufwerkbuchstabe und der Volume-GUID-Pfadname können verwendet werden,
6170 um das Volume mit Win32 APIs zu öffnen. Durch Festlegen dieses
6171 Attributs wird sichergestellt, dass bei der Übertragung nicht automatisch
6172 ein neuer Laufwerkbuchstabe generiert wird. Stattdessen kann der Benutzer
6173 Laufwerkbuchstaben manuell zuweisen.
6174
6175 0x4000000000000000
6176 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
6177 Definiert das Volume der Partition als versteckt. Mit
6178 diesem Attribut wird festgelegt, dass dem Volume weder ein
6179 Laufwerkbuchstabe noch ein Volume-GUID-Pfadname zugewiesen wird. Der
6180 Laufwerkbuchstabe und der Volume-GUID-Pfadname können verwendet werden,
6181 um das Volume mit Win32 APIs zu öffnen. Das Volume einer
6182 versteckten Partition wird nicht von Win32 APIs wie FindFirstVolume
6183 und FindNextVolume gemeldet.
6184
6185 0x2000000000000000
6186 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_SHADOW_COPY
6187 Definiert die Partition als Schattenkopievolume des
6188 Volumemomentaufnahmedienstes. Dateisystemfilter verwenden dieses Kennzeichen,
6189 um zu verhindern, dass der Filter mit dem Volume verbunden wird.
6190
6191 0x1000000000000000
6192 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_READ_ONLY
6193 Verhindert, dass in das Volume geschrieben wird.
6194
6195 Weitere Attribute können jederzeit hinzugefügt werden.
6196
6197 GPT-Partitionsattribute stellen zusätzliche Informationen zur Verwendung
6198 der Partition bereit. Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt
6199 werden kann, muss eine GPT-Basispartition ausgewählt werden.
6200
6201 Achtung:
6202
6203 Änderungen von GPT-Attributen können dazu führen, dass die Basisdatenvolumes
6204 nicht mehr eingebunden oder den Volumes keine Laufwerkbuchstaben
6205 zugewiesen werden können. Sofern Sie kein Originalgerätehersteller (OEM)
6206 oder IT-Fachmann und im Umgang mit GPT-Datenträgern
6207 erfahren sind, sollten Sie keine GPT-Attribute ändern.
6208
6209Beispiel:
6210
6211 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0x8000000000000000
6212 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0xF000000000000001
6213.
6214Language=Polish
6215 On basic GUID partition table (GPT) disks, assigns the GPT attribute(s) to
6216 the partition with focus.
6217
6218Syntax: GPT ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6219
6220 ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6221
6222 The hexadecimal value indicating the attributes to apply to the
6223 partition with focus. The GPT attribute field is a 64-bit field
6224 that contains two subfields. The higher field is interpreted
6225 only in the context of a particular partition type GUID, while
6226 the lower field is common to all partition types.
6227
6228 The following attribute can be set on any partition:
6229
6230 0x0000000000000001 marks the partition as required. This
6231 indicates to all disk management utilities that the partition
6232 should not be deleted. The EFI System partition contains only
6233 those binaries necessary to start the operating system. This
6234 makes it easy for original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or
6235 operating system-specific binaries to be placed in other
6236 partitions.
6237
6238 For basic data partitions, the following attributes are defined:
6239
6240 0x8000000000000000
6241 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_NO_DRIVE_LETTER
6242 Prevents the partition from having a drive
6243 letter automatically assigned. By default, each partition is
6244 assigned a new drive letter and a volume GUID pathname. Both
6245 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6246 open the volume using Win32 APIs. Setting this attribute ensures
6247 that when a disk is moved to a new computer, a new drive letter
6248 will not be automatically generated. Instead, the user can
6249 manually assign drive letters.
6250
6251 0x4000000000000000
6252 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
6253 Defines the partition's volume as hidden.
6254 Setting this attribute specifies that the volume will not be
6255 assigned a drive letter or a volume GUID pathname. Both
6256 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6257 open the volume using Win32 APIs. A hidden partition's
6258 volume is not reported by Win32 APIs such as FindFirstVolume
6259 and FindNextVolume.
6260
6261 0x2000000000000000
6262 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_SHADOW_COPY
6263 Defines the partition as being a Volume Snapshot Service
6264 shadow copy volume. Fle system filters use this flag to
6265 prevent the filter from attaching to the volume.
6266
6267 0x1000000000000000
6268 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_READ_ONLY
6269 Prevents the volume from being written to.
6270
6271 Other attributes may be added at any time.
6272
6273 GPT partition attributes give additional information about the use of the
6274 partition.
6275
6276 A basic GPT partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
6277
6278 Caution:
6279
6280 Changing the GPT attributes might cause your basic data volumes to
6281 fail to be assigned drive letters, or prevent the file system from
6282 mounting. Unless you are an original equipment manufacturer (OEM)
6283 or an IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do not change GPT
6284 attributes.
6285
6286Example:
6287
6288 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0x8000000000000000
6289 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0xF000000000000001
6290.
6291Language=Portugese
6292 On basic GUID partition table (GPT) disks, assigns the GPT attribute(s) to
6293 the partition with focus.
6294
6295Syntax: GPT ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6296
6297 ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6298
6299 The hexadecimal value indicating the attributes to apply to the
6300 partition with focus. The GPT attribute field is a 64-bit field
6301 that contains two subfields. The higher field is interpreted
6302 only in the context of a particular partition type GUID, while
6303 the lower field is common to all partition types.
6304
6305 The following attribute can be set on any partition:
6306
6307 0x0000000000000001 marks the partition as required. This
6308 indicates to all disk management utilities that the partition
6309 should not be deleted. The EFI System partition contains only
6310 those binaries necessary to start the operating system. This
6311 makes it easy for original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or
6312 operating system-specific binaries to be placed in other
6313 partitions.
6314
6315 For basic data partitions, the following attributes are defined:
6316
6317 0x8000000000000000
6318 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_NO_DRIVE_LETTER
6319 Prevents the partition from having a drive
6320 letter automatically assigned. By default, each partition is
6321 assigned a new drive letter and a volume GUID pathname. Both
6322 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6323 open the volume using Win32 APIs. Setting this attribute ensures
6324 that when a disk is moved to a new computer, a new drive letter
6325 will not be automatically generated. Instead, the user can
6326 manually assign drive letters.
6327
6328 0x4000000000000000
6329 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
6330 Defines the partition's volume as hidden.
6331 Setting this attribute specifies that the volume will not be
6332 assigned a drive letter or a volume GUID pathname. Both
6333 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6334 open the volume using Win32 APIs. A hidden partition's
6335 volume is not reported by Win32 APIs such as FindFirstVolume
6336 and FindNextVolume.
6337
6338 0x2000000000000000
6339 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_SHADOW_COPY
6340 Defines the partition as being a Volume Snapshot Service
6341 shadow copy volume. Fle system filters use this flag to
6342 prevent the filter from attaching to the volume.
6343
6344 0x1000000000000000
6345 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_READ_ONLY
6346 Prevents the volume from being written to.
6347
6348 Other attributes may be added at any time.
6349
6350 GPT partition attributes give additional information about the use of the
6351 partition.
6352
6353 A basic GPT partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
6354
6355 Caution:
6356
6357 Changing the GPT attributes might cause your basic data volumes to
6358 fail to be assigned drive letters, or prevent the file system from
6359 mounting. Unless you are an original equipment manufacturer (OEM)
6360 or an IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do not change GPT
6361 attributes.
6362
6363Example:
6364
6365 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0x8000000000000000
6366 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0xF000000000000001
6367.
6368Language=Romanian
6369 On basic GUID partition table (GPT) disks, assigns the GPT attribute(s) to
6370 the partition with focus.
6371
6372Syntax: GPT ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6373
6374 ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6375
6376 The hexadecimal value indicating the attributes to apply to the
6377 partition with focus. The GPT attribute field is a 64-bit field
6378 that contains two subfields. The higher field is interpreted
6379 only in the context of a particular partition type GUID, while
6380 the lower field is common to all partition types.
6381
6382 The following attribute can be set on any partition:
6383
6384 0x0000000000000001 marks the partition as required. This
6385 indicates to all disk management utilities that the partition
6386 should not be deleted. The EFI System partition contains only
6387 those binaries necessary to start the operating system. This
6388 makes it easy for original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or
6389 operating system-specific binaries to be placed in other
6390 partitions.
6391
6392 For basic data partitions, the following attributes are defined:
6393
6394 0x8000000000000000
6395 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_NO_DRIVE_LETTER
6396 Prevents the partition from having a drive
6397 letter automatically assigned. By default, each partition is
6398 assigned a new drive letter and a volume GUID pathname. Both
6399 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6400 open the volume using Win32 APIs. Setting this attribute ensures
6401 that when a disk is moved to a new computer, a new drive letter
6402 will not be automatically generated. Instead, the user can
6403 manually assign drive letters.
6404
6405 0x4000000000000000
6406 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
6407 Defines the partition's volume as hidden.
6408 Setting this attribute specifies that the volume will not be
6409 assigned a drive letter or a volume GUID pathname. Both
6410 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6411 open the volume using Win32 APIs. A hidden partition's
6412 volume is not reported by Win32 APIs such as FindFirstVolume
6413 and FindNextVolume.
6414
6415 0x2000000000000000
6416 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_SHADOW_COPY
6417 Defines the partition as being a Volume Snapshot Service
6418 shadow copy volume. Fle system filters use this flag to
6419 prevent the filter from attaching to the volume.
6420
6421 0x1000000000000000
6422 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_READ_ONLY
6423 Prevents the volume from being written to.
6424
6425 Other attributes may be added at any time.
6426
6427 GPT partition attributes give additional information about the use of the
6428 partition.
6429
6430 A basic GPT partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
6431
6432 Caution:
6433
6434 Changing the GPT attributes might cause your basic data volumes to
6435 fail to be assigned drive letters, or prevent the file system from
6436 mounting. Unless you are an original equipment manufacturer (OEM)
6437 or an IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do not change GPT
6438 attributes.
6439
6440Example:
6441
6442 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0x8000000000000000
6443 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0xF000000000000001
6444.
6445Language=Russian
6446 On basic GUID partition table (GPT) disks, assigns the GPT attribute(s) to
6447 the partition with focus.
6448
6449Syntax: GPT ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6450
6451 ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6452
6453 The hexadecimal value indicating the attributes to apply to the
6454 partition with focus. The GPT attribute field is a 64-bit field
6455 that contains two subfields. The higher field is interpreted
6456 only in the context of a particular partition type GUID, while
6457 the lower field is common to all partition types.
6458
6459 The following attribute can be set on any partition:
6460
6461 0x0000000000000001 marks the partition as required. This
6462 indicates to all disk management utilities that the partition
6463 should not be deleted. The EFI System partition contains only
6464 those binaries necessary to start the operating system. This
6465 makes it easy for original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or
6466 operating system-specific binaries to be placed in other
6467 partitions.
6468
6469 For basic data partitions, the following attributes are defined:
6470
6471 0x8000000000000000
6472 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_NO_DRIVE_LETTER
6473 Prevents the partition from having a drive
6474 letter automatically assigned. By default, each partition is
6475 assigned a new drive letter and a volume GUID pathname. Both
6476 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6477 open the volume using Win32 APIs. Setting this attribute ensures
6478 that when a disk is moved to a new computer, a new drive letter
6479 will not be automatically generated. Instead, the user can
6480 manually assign drive letters.
6481
6482 0x4000000000000000
6483 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
6484 Defines the partition's volume as hidden.
6485 Setting this attribute specifies that the volume will not be
6486 assigned a drive letter or a volume GUID pathname. Both
6487 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6488 open the volume using Win32 APIs. A hidden partition's
6489 volume is not reported by Win32 APIs such as FindFirstVolume
6490 and FindNextVolume.
6491
6492 0x2000000000000000
6493 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_SHADOW_COPY
6494 Defines the partition as being a Volume Snapshot Service
6495 shadow copy volume. Fle system filters use this flag to
6496 prevent the filter from attaching to the volume.
6497
6498 0x1000000000000000
6499 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_READ_ONLY
6500 Prevents the volume from being written to.
6501
6502 Other attributes may be added at any time.
6503
6504 GPT partition attributes give additional information about the use of the
6505 partition.
6506
6507 A basic GPT partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
6508
6509 Caution:
6510
6511 Changing the GPT attributes might cause your basic data volumes to
6512 fail to be assigned drive letters, or prevent the file system from
6513 mounting. Unless you are an original equipment manufacturer (OEM)
6514 or an IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do not change GPT
6515 attributes.
6516
6517Example:
6518
6519 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0x8000000000000000
6520 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0xF000000000000001
6521.
6522Language=Albanian
6523 On basic GUID partition table (GPT) disks, assigns the GPT attribute(s) to
6524 the partition with focus.
6525
6526Syntax: GPT ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6527
6528 ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6529
6530 The hexadecimal value indicating the attributes to apply to the
6531 partition with focus. The GPT attribute field is a 64-bit field
6532 that contains two subfields. The higher field is interpreted
6533 only in the context of a particular partition type GUID, while
6534 the lower field is common to all partition types.
6535
6536 The following attribute can be set on any partition:
6537
6538 0x0000000000000001 marks the partition as required. This
6539 indicates to all disk management utilities that the partition
6540 should not be deleted. The EFI System partition contains only
6541 those binaries necessary to start the operating system. This
6542 makes it easy for original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or
6543 operating system-specific binaries to be placed in other
6544 partitions.
6545
6546 For basic data partitions, the following attributes are defined:
6547
6548 0x8000000000000000
6549 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_NO_DRIVE_LETTER
6550 Prevents the partition from having a drive
6551 letter automatically assigned. By default, each partition is
6552 assigned a new drive letter and a volume GUID pathname. Both
6553 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6554 open the volume using Win32 APIs. Setting this attribute ensures
6555 that when a disk is moved to a new computer, a new drive letter
6556 will not be automatically generated. Instead, the user can
6557 manually assign drive letters.
6558
6559 0x4000000000000000
6560 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
6561 Defines the partition's volume as hidden.
6562 Setting this attribute specifies that the volume will not be
6563 assigned a drive letter or a volume GUID pathname. Both
6564 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6565 open the volume using Win32 APIs. A hidden partition's
6566 volume is not reported by Win32 APIs such as FindFirstVolume
6567 and FindNextVolume.
6568
6569 0x2000000000000000
6570 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_SHADOW_COPY
6571 Defines the partition as being a Volume Snapshot Service
6572 shadow copy volume. Fle system filters use this flag to
6573 prevent the filter from attaching to the volume.
6574
6575 0x1000000000000000
6576 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_READ_ONLY
6577 Prevents the volume from being written to.
6578
6579 Other attributes may be added at any time.
6580
6581 GPT partition attributes give additional information about the use of the
6582 partition.
6583
6584 A basic GPT partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
6585
6586 Caution:
6587
6588 Changing the GPT attributes might cause your basic data volumes to
6589 fail to be assigned drive letters, or prevent the file system from
6590 mounting. Unless you are an original equipment manufacturer (OEM)
6591 or an IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do not change GPT
6592 attributes.
6593
6594Example:
6595
6596 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0x8000000000000000
6597 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0xF000000000000001
6598.
6599Language=Turkish
6600 On basic GUID partition table (GPT) disks, assigns the GPT attribute(s) to
6601 the partition with focus.
6602
6603Syntax: GPT ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6604
6605 ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6606
6607 The hexadecimal value indicating the attributes to apply to the
6608 partition with focus. The GPT attribute field is a 64-bit field
6609 that contains two subfields. The higher field is interpreted
6610 only in the context of a particular partition type GUID, while
6611 the lower field is common to all partition types.
6612
6613 The following attribute can be set on any partition:
6614
6615 0x0000000000000001 marks the partition as required. This
6616 indicates to all disk management utilities that the partition
6617 should not be deleted. The EFI System partition contains only
6618 those binaries necessary to start the operating system. This
6619 makes it easy for original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or
6620 operating system-specific binaries to be placed in other
6621 partitions.
6622
6623 For basic data partitions, the following attributes are defined:
6624
6625 0x8000000000000000
6626 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_NO_DRIVE_LETTER
6627 Prevents the partition from having a drive
6628 letter automatically assigned. By default, each partition is
6629 assigned a new drive letter and a volume GUID pathname. Both
6630 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6631 open the volume using Win32 APIs. Setting this attribute ensures
6632 that when a disk is moved to a new computer, a new drive letter
6633 will not be automatically generated. Instead, the user can
6634 manually assign drive letters.
6635
6636 0x4000000000000000
6637 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
6638 Defines the partition's volume as hidden.
6639 Setting this attribute specifies that the volume will not be
6640 assigned a drive letter or a volume GUID pathname. Both
6641 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6642 open the volume using Win32 APIs. A hidden partition's
6643 volume is not reported by Win32 APIs such as FindFirstVolume
6644 and FindNextVolume.
6645
6646 0x2000000000000000
6647 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_SHADOW_COPY
6648 Defines the partition as being a Volume Snapshot Service
6649 shadow copy volume. Fle system filters use this flag to
6650 prevent the filter from attaching to the volume.
6651
6652 0x1000000000000000
6653 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_READ_ONLY
6654 Prevents the volume from being written to.
6655
6656 Other attributes may be added at any time.
6657
6658 GPT partition attributes give additional information about the use of the
6659 partition.
6660
6661 A basic GPT partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
6662
6663 Caution:
6664
6665 Changing the GPT attributes might cause your basic data volumes to
6666 fail to be assigned drive letters, or prevent the file system from
6667 mounting. Unless you are an original equipment manufacturer (OEM)
6668 or an IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do not change GPT
6669 attributes.
6670
6671Example:
6672
6673 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0x8000000000000000
6674 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0xF000000000000001
6675.
6676Language=Chinese
6677 On basic GUID partition table (GPT) disks, assigns the GPT attribute(s) to
6678 the partition with focus.
6679
6680Syntax: GPT ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6681
6682 ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6683
6684 The hexadecimal value indicating the attributes to apply to the
6685 partition with focus. The GPT attribute field is a 64-bit field
6686 that contains two subfields. The higher field is interpreted
6687 only in the context of a particular partition type GUID, while
6688 the lower field is common to all partition types.
6689
6690 The following attribute can be set on any partition:
6691
6692 0x0000000000000001 marks the partition as required. This
6693 indicates to all disk management utilities that the partition
6694 should not be deleted. The EFI System partition contains only
6695 those binaries necessary to start the operating system. This
6696 makes it easy for original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or
6697 operating system-specific binaries to be placed in other
6698 partitions.
6699
6700 For basic data partitions, the following attributes are defined:
6701
6702 0x8000000000000000
6703 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_NO_DRIVE_LETTER
6704 Prevents the partition from having a drive
6705 letter automatically assigned. By default, each partition is
6706 assigned a new drive letter and a volume GUID pathname. Both
6707 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6708 open the volume using Win32 APIs. Setting this attribute ensures
6709 that when a disk is moved to a new computer, a new drive letter
6710 will not be automatically generated. Instead, the user can
6711 manually assign drive letters.
6712
6713 0x4000000000000000
6714 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
6715 Defines the partition's volume as hidden.
6716 Setting this attribute specifies that the volume will not be
6717 assigned a drive letter or a volume GUID pathname. Both
6718 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6719 open the volume using Win32 APIs. A hidden partition's
6720 volume is not reported by Win32 APIs such as FindFirstVolume
6721 and FindNextVolume.
6722
6723 0x2000000000000000
6724 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_SHADOW_COPY
6725 Defines the partition as being a Volume Snapshot Service
6726 shadow copy volume. Fle system filters use this flag to
6727 prevent the filter from attaching to the volume.
6728
6729 0x1000000000000000
6730 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_READ_ONLY
6731 Prevents the volume from being written to.
6732
6733 Other attributes may be added at any time.
6734
6735 GPT partition attributes give additional information about the use of the
6736 partition.
6737
6738 A basic GPT partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
6739
6740 Caution:
6741
6742 Changing the GPT attributes might cause your basic data volumes to
6743 fail to be assigned drive letters, or prevent the file system from
6744 mounting. Unless you are an original equipment manufacturer (OEM)
6745 or an IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do not change GPT
6746 attributes.
6747
6748Example:
6749
6750 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0x8000000000000000
6751 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0xF000000000000001
6752.
6753Language=Taiwanese
6754 On basic GUID partition table (GPT) disks, assigns the GPT attribute(s) to
6755 the partition with focus.
6756
6757Syntax: GPT ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6758
6759 ATTRIBUTES=<N>
6760
6761 The hexadecimal value indicating the attributes to apply to the
6762 partition with focus. The GPT attribute field is a 64-bit field
6763 that contains two subfields. The higher field is interpreted
6764 only in the context of a particular partition type GUID, while
6765 the lower field is common to all partition types.
6766
6767 The following attribute can be set on any partition:
6768
6769 0x0000000000000001 marks the partition as required. This
6770 indicates to all disk management utilities that the partition
6771 should not be deleted. The EFI System partition contains only
6772 those binaries necessary to start the operating system. This
6773 makes it easy for original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or
6774 operating system-specific binaries to be placed in other
6775 partitions.
6776
6777 For basic data partitions, the following attributes are defined:
6778
6779 0x8000000000000000
6780 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_NO_DRIVE_LETTER
6781 Prevents the partition from having a drive
6782 letter automatically assigned. By default, each partition is
6783 assigned a new drive letter and a volume GUID pathname. Both
6784 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6785 open the volume using Win32 APIs. Setting this attribute ensures
6786 that when a disk is moved to a new computer, a new drive letter
6787 will not be automatically generated. Instead, the user can
6788 manually assign drive letters.
6789
6790 0x4000000000000000
6791 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
6792 Defines the partition's volume as hidden.
6793 Setting this attribute specifies that the volume will not be
6794 assigned a drive letter or a volume GUID pathname. Both
6795 the drive letter and the volume GUID pathname can be used to
6796 open the volume using Win32 APIs. A hidden partition's
6797 volume is not reported by Win32 APIs such as FindFirstVolume
6798 and FindNextVolume.
6799
6800 0x2000000000000000
6801 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_SHADOW_COPY
6802 Defines the partition as being a Volume Snapshot Service
6803 shadow copy volume. Fle system filters use this flag to
6804 prevent the filter from attaching to the volume.
6805
6806 0x1000000000000000
6807 GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_READ_ONLY
6808 Prevents the volume from being written to.
6809
6810 Other attributes may be added at any time.
6811
6812 GPT partition attributes give additional information about the use of the
6813 partition.
6814
6815 A basic GPT partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
6816
6817 Caution:
6818
6819 Changing the GPT attributes might cause your basic data volumes to
6820 fail to be assigned drive letters, or prevent the file system from
6821 mounting. Unless you are an original equipment manufacturer (OEM)
6822 or an IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do not change GPT
6823 attributes.
6824
6825Example:
6826
6827 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0x8000000000000000
6828 GPT ATTRIBUTES=0xF000000000000001
6829.
6830
6831
6832MessageId=10030
6833SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_HELP
6834Severity=Informational
6835Facility=System
6836Language=English
6837 Displays a list of the available commands or detailed help information for a
6838 specified command.
6839
6840Syntax: HELP [<COMMAND>]
6841
6842 <COMMAND> The command for which to display detail help.
6843
6844 If no command is specified, HELP will display all possible commands.
6845
6846Example:
6847
6848 HELP
6849 HELP CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY
6850.
6851Language=German
6852 Zeigt eine Liste der verfügbaren Befehle oder detaillierte
6853 Hilfeinformationen zu einem bestimmten Befehl an.
6854
6855Syntax: HELP [<BEFEHL>]
6856
6857 <BEFEHL> Der Befehl, zu dem eine detaillierte Hilfe angezeigt
6858 werden soll.
6859
6860 Wenn kein Befehl angegeben ist, werden mit HELP alle verfügbaren Befehle
6861 angezeigt.
6862
6863Beispiel:
6864
6865 HELP
6866 HELP CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY
6867.
6868Language=Polish
6869 Wyświetla listę dostępnych poleceń lub szczegółową pomoc dotyczącą
6870 danego polecenia.
6871
6872Składnia: HELP [<POLECENIE>]
6873
6874 <POLECENIE> Polecenie, dla którego ma zostać wyświetlona szczegółowa
6875 pomoc.
6876
6877 Jeśli polecenie nie jest określone, polecenie HELP wyświetla
6878 wszystkie możliwe polecenia.
6879
6880Przykład:
6881
6882 HELP
6883 HELP CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY
6884.
6885Language=Portugese
6886 Displays a list of the available commands or detailed help information for a
6887 specified command.
6888
6889Syntax: HELP [<COMMAND>]
6890
6891 <COMMAND> The command for which to display detail help.
6892
6893 If no command is specified, HELP will display all possible commands.
6894
6895Example:
6896
6897 HELP
6898 HELP CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY
6899.
6900Language=Romanian
6901 Afișează o listă a comenzilor disponibile sau informații detaliate
6902 de ajutor pentru o comandă specificată.
6903
6904Sintaxă: HELP [<COMMAND>]
6905
6906 <COMMAND> Comanda pentru care se afișează ajutorul detaliat.
6907
6908 Dacă nu este specificată nicio comandă, comanda HELP va afișa
6909 toate comenzile posibile.
6910
6911De exemplu:
6912
6913 HELP
6914 HELP CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY
6915.
6916Language=Russian
6917 Displays a list of the available commands or detailed help information for a
6918 specified command.
6919
6920Syntax: HELP [<COMMAND>]
6921
6922 <COMMAND> The command for which to display detail help.
6923
6924 If no command is specified, HELP will display all possible commands.
6925
6926Example:
6927
6928 HELP
6929 HELP CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY
6930.
6931Language=Albanian
6932 Displays a list of the available commands or detailed help information for a
6933 specified command.
6934
6935Syntax: HELP [<COMMAND>]
6936
6937 <COMMAND> The command for which to display detail help.
6938
6939 If no command is specified, HELP will display all possible commands.
6940
6941Example:
6942
6943 HELP
6944 HELP CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY
6945.
6946Language=Turkish
6947 Displays a list of the available commands or detailed help information for a
6948 specified command.
6949
6950Syntax: HELP [<COMMAND>]
6951
6952 <COMMAND> The command for which to display detail help.
6953
6954 If no command is specified, HELP will display all possible commands.
6955
6956Example:
6957
6958 HELP
6959 HELP CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY
6960.
6961Language=Chinese
6962 Displays a list of the available commands or detailed help information for a
6963 specified command.
6964
6965Syntax: HELP [<COMMAND>]
6966
6967 <COMMAND> The command for which to display detail help.
6968
6969 If no command is specified, HELP will display all possible commands.
6970
6971Example:
6972
6973 HELP
6974 HELP CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY
6975.
6976Language=Taiwanese
6977 顯示可用的命令清單，或指定之命令的詳細說明。
6978
6979語法: HELP [<COMMAND>]
6980
6981 <COMMAND> 要顯示其詳細說明的命令。
6982
6983 如果沒有指定命令，HELP 將會顯示所有可能的命令。
6984
6985範例:
6986
6987 HELP
6988 HELP CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY
6989.
6990
6991
6992MessageId=10031
6993SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_IMPORT
6994Severity=Informational
6995Facility=System
6996Language=English
6997<Add IMPORT command help text here>
6998.
6999Language=German
7000<Add IMPORT command help text here>
7001.
7002Language=Polish
7003<Add IMPORT command help text here>
7004.
7005Language=Portugese
7006<Add IMPORT command help text here>
7007.
7008Language=Romanian
7009<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda IMPORT>
7010.
7011Language=Russian
7012<Add IMPORT command help text here>
7013.
7014Language=Albanian
7015<Add IMPORT command help text here>
7016.
7017Language=Turkish
7018<Add IMPORT command help text here>
7019.
7020Language=Chinese
7021<Add IMPORT command help text here>
7022.
7023Language=Taiwanese
7024<Add IMPORT command help text here>
7025.
7026
7027
7028MessageId=10032
7029SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_INACTIVE
7030Severity=Informational
7031Facility=System
7032Language=English
7033 On disks with master boot record (MBR) disk formatting, marks
7034 the partition with focus as inactive.
7035
7036Syntax: INACTIVE
7037
7038 The computer may start from the next option specified in the BIOS such as a
7039 CD-ROM drive or a Pre-Boot eXecution Environment (PXE)-based boot
7040 environment (such as Remote Installation Services (RIS)) when you restart
7041 the computer.
7042
7043 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
7044
7045 Caution:
7046
7047 Your computer might not start without an active partition. Do not mark
7048 a system or boot partition as inactive unless you are an experienced
7049 user with a thorough understanding of ReactOS storage management.
7050
7051Example:
7052
7053 INACTIVE
7054.
7055Language=German
7056 Markiert auf Datenträgern mit MBR-Datenträgerformat (Master Boot
7057 Record) die Partition, die den Fokus hat, als inaktive Partition.
7058
7059Syntax: INACTIVE
7060
7061 Der Computer kann über die nächste im BIOS angegebene Option gestartet
7062 werden, z.B. von einem CD-ROM-Laufwerk oder aus einer PXE-basierten
7063 (Pre-Boot eXecution Environment) Startumgebung (z.B.
7064 Remoteinstallationsdienste, RIS), wenn der Computer neu startet.
7065
7066 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss eine
7067 Partition ausgewählt sein.
7068
7069 Vorsicht:
7070
7071 Möglicherweise kann der Computer nicht gestartet werden, wenn es
7072 keine aktive Partition gibt. Markieren Sie eine System- oder
7073 Startpartition nur dann als inaktiv, wenn Sie ein erfahrener
7074 Benutzer und mit der ReactOS-Speicherverwaltung umfassend vertraut
7075 sind.
7076
7077Beispiel:
7078
7079 INACTIVE
7080.
7081Language=Polish
7082 Na dyskach zawierających formatowanie z głównym rekordem rozruchowym (MBR)
7083 oznacza partycję, na której jest ustawiony fokus, jako nieaktywną.
7084
7085Składnia: INACTIVE
7086
7087 Podczas ponownego uruchamiania komputer może zostać uruchomiony według
7088 następnej opcji określonej w systemie BIOS, takiej jak stacja dysków
7089 CD-ROM lub środowisko rozruchowe oparte na środowisku PXE (Pre-Boot
7090 eXecution Environment), na przykład usługi instalacji zdalnej (RIS).
7091
7092 Aby operacja się powiodła, musi być wybrana partycja.
7093
7094 Uwaga:
7095
7096 Komputer może nie zostać uruchomiony bez aktywnej partycji. Jeśli
7097 użytkownik nie dysponuje doświadczeniem w zakresie zarządzania
7098 magazynami systemu Windows, nie powinien oznaczać partycji systemowej
7099 ani rozruchowej jako nieaktywnej.
7100
7101Przykład:
7102
7103 INACTIVE
7104.
7105Language=Portugese
7106 On disks with master boot record (MBR) disk formatting, marks
7107 the partition with focus as inactive.
7108
7109Syntax: INACTIVE
7110
7111 The computer may start from the next option specified in the BIOS such as a
7112 CD-ROM drive or a Pre-Boot eXecution Environment (PXE)-based boot
7113 environment (such as Remote Installation Services (RIS)) when you restart
7114 the computer.
7115
7116 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
7117
7118 Caution:
7119
7120 Your computer might not start without an active partition. Do not mark
7121 a system or boot partition as inactive unless you are an experienced
7122 user with a thorough understanding of ReactOS storage management.
7123
7124Example:
7125
7126 INACTIVE
7127.
7128Language=Romanian
7129 Pe discurile cu formatare Registrul principal de inițializare (MBR),
7130 marchează partiția în cauză ca inactivă.
7131
7132Sintaxă: INACTIVE
7133
7134 Calculatorul poate începe cu următoarea opțiune specificată în BIOS cum ar
7135 fi, un mediu de inițializare pe un disc CD-ROM sau pe un Mediu de execuție
7136 de preinițializare (PXE) (cum ar fi, Servicii de instalare de la distanță
7137 (RIS)) atunci când vă reporniți calculatorul.
7138
7139 O partiție trebuie să fie selectată pentru ca această operațiune
7140 să reușească.
7141
7142 Atenție:
7143
7144 Calculatorul dumneavoastră ar putea să nu pornească fără o partiție
7145 activă. Nu marcați o partiție de sistem sau de inițializare ca inactivă
7146 dacă nu sunteți un utilizator experimentat cu o înțelegere aprofundată
7147 a gestionării stocării ReactOS.
7148
7149De exemplu:
7150
7151 INACTIVE
7152.
7153Language=Russian
7154 On disks with master boot record (MBR) disk formatting, marks
7155 the partition with focus as inactive.
7156
7157Syntax: INACTIVE
7158
7159 The computer may start from the next option specified in the BIOS such as a
7160 CD-ROM drive or a Pre-Boot eXecution Environment (PXE)-based boot
7161 environment (such as Remote Installation Services (RIS)) when you restart
7162 the computer.
7163
7164 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
7165
7166 Caution:
7167
7168 Your computer might not start without an active partition. Do not mark
7169 a system or boot partition as inactive unless you are an experienced
7170 user with a thorough understanding of ReactOS storage management.
7171
7172Example:
7173
7174 INACTIVE
7175.
7176Language=Albanian
7177 On disks with master boot record (MBR) disk formatting, marks
7178 the partition with focus as inactive.
7179
7180Syntax: INACTIVE
7181
7182 The computer may start from the next option specified in the BIOS such as a
7183 CD-ROM drive or a Pre-Boot eXecution Environment (PXE)-based boot
7184 environment (such as Remote Installation Services (RIS)) when you restart
7185 the computer.
7186
7187 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
7188
7189 Caution:
7190
7191 Your computer might not start without an active partition. Do not mark
7192 a system or boot partition as inactive unless you are an experienced
7193 user with a thorough understanding of ReactOS storage management.
7194
7195Example:
7196
7197 INACTIVE
7198.
7199Language=Turkish
7200 On disks with master boot record (MBR) disk formatting, marks
7201 the partition with focus as inactive.
7202
7203Syntax: INACTIVE
7204
7205 The computer may start from the next option specified in the BIOS such as a
7206 CD-ROM drive or a Pre-Boot eXecution Environment (PXE)-based boot
7207 environment (such as Remote Installation Services (RIS)) when you restart
7208 the computer.
7209
7210 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
7211
7212 Caution:
7213
7214 Your computer might not start without an active partition. Do not mark
7215 a system or boot partition as inactive unless you are an experienced
7216 user with a thorough understanding of ReactOS storage management.
7217
7218Example:
7219
7220 INACTIVE
7221.
7222Language=Chinese
7223 On disks with master boot record (MBR) disk formatting, marks
7224 the partition with focus as inactive.
7225
7226Syntax: INACTIVE
7227
7228 The computer may start from the next option specified in the BIOS such as a
7229 CD-ROM drive or a Pre-Boot eXecution Environment (PXE)-based boot
7230 environment (such as Remote Installation Services (RIS)) when you restart
7231 the computer.
7232
7233 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
7234
7235 Caution:
7236
7237 Your computer might not start without an active partition. Do not mark
7238 a system or boot partition as inactive unless you are an experienced
7239 user with a thorough understanding of ReactOS storage management.
7240
7241Example:
7242
7243 INACTIVE
7244.
7245Language=Taiwanese
7246 在具有主開機記錄 (MBR) 磁碟格式的磁碟上，
7247 將已選擇的磁碟分割標示為非使用中。
7248
7249語法: INACTIVE
7250
7251 當您重新啟動電腦時，電腦可以從您在 BIOS 中指定的下一個選項啟動，
7252 例如 CD-ROM 光碟機或開機前執行環境 (PXE) 的開機環境
7253 (例如，遠端安裝服務\r\n (RIS))。
7254
7255 您必須先選擇一個磁碟分割，才能完成這個操作。
7256
7257 注意:
7258
7259 如果沒有使用中的磁碟分割，您的電腦將無法啟動。
7260 除非您是非常熟悉 ReactOS 存放管理的進階使用者，
7261 否則請勿將系統或開機磁碟分割標示為非使用中。
7262
7263範例:
7264
7265 INACTIVE
7266.
7267
7268
7269MessageId=10033
7270SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_LIST_DISK
7271Severity=Informational
7272Facility=System
7273Language=English
7274 Displays a list of disks.
7275
7276Syntax: LIST DISK
7277
7278 Displays a list of disks and information about them, such as their
7279 size, amount of available free space, whether the disk is a basic
7280 or dynamic disk, and whether the disk uses the master boot record
7281 (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT) partition style. The disk marked
7282 with an asterisk (*) has focus.
7283
7284 Note that the FREE column does not display the total amount of free
7285 space on the disk, but rather the amount of usable free space left
7286 on the disk. For example, if you have a 10GB disk with 4 primary
7287 partitions covering 5GB, there is no usable free space left (no
7288 more partitions may be created). Another example would be you have
7289 a 10GB disk with 3 primary partitions and an extended partition
7290 covering 8GB. The exended partition is of size 3GB with one logical
7291 drive of size 2GB. The disk will show only 1GB as free - the
7292 1GB of free space in the extended partition.
7293
7294Example:
7295
7296 LIST DISK
7297.
7298Language=German
7299 Zeigt eine Liste der Datenträger an.
7300
7301Syntax: LIST DISK
7302
7303 Zeigt eine Liste mit Datenträgern und entsprechenden Informa-
7304 tionen an - beispielsweise Größe, verfügbarer Speicherplatz sowie
7305 Angaben dazu, ob es sich bei dem Datenträger um einen
7306 Basisdatenträger oder um einen dynamischer Datenträger handelt
7307 und ob der MBR- oder der GUID-Partitionsstil (Master Boot Record
7308 oder GUID-Partitionstabelle) verwendet wird.
7309 Den Fokus besitzt der mit einem Sternchen (*) markierte Datenträger.
7310
7311 In der Spalte "FREE" wird nicht der gesamte freie Speicherplatz
7312 auf dem Datenträger, sondern der verbleibende, verwendbare freie
7313 Speicherplatz angezeigt. Bei einem Datenträger mit 10 GB mit
7314 4 primären Partitionen zu 5 GB verbleibt beispielsweise kein freier
7315 verwendbarer Speicherplatz (es können keine weiteren Partitionen
7316 erstellt werden). Ein weiteres Beispiel ist ein 10 GB Datenträger mit
7317 3 primären Partitionen und einer erweiterten Partition mit 8 GB. Die
7318 erweiterte Partition besitzt eine Größe von 3 GB mit einem logischen
7319 Laufwerk (2 GB). Für den Datenträger wird nur 1 GB als frei
7320 angezeigt - 1 GB freier Speicherplatz in der erweiterten Partition.
7321
7322Beispiel:
7323
7324 LIST DISK
7325.
7326Language=Polish
7327 Wyświetla listę dysków.
7328
7329Składnia: LIST DISK
7330
7331 Wyświetla listę dysków oraz dotyczące ich informacje, takie jak rozmiar,
7332 ilość dostępnego wolnego miejsca, informację, czy dysk jest podstawowy
7333 lub dynamiczny oraz czy dysk używa głównego rekordu rozruchowego (MBR)
7334 lub stylu partycji tabeli partycji identyfikatora GUID (GPT). Fokus jest
7335 ustawiony na dysku oznaczonym gwiazdką (*).
7336
7337 Należy zauważyć, że w kolumnie WOLNE nie jest wyświetlana całkowita
7338 ilość wolnego miejsca na dysku, ale ilość pozostałego wolnego miejsca
7339 na dysku zdatnego do użytku. Jeśli na przykład dysk o pojemności 10 GB
7340 zawiera 4 partycje główne zajmujące 5 GB, na dysku nie ma wolnego
7341 miejsca (nie można utworzyć następnych partycji). W innym przykładzie
7342 dysk o pojemności 10 GB zawiera 3 partycje główne oraz partycję
7343 rozszerzoną zajmujące 8 GB. Partycja rozszerzona ma rozmiar 3 GB
7344 przy jednym dysku logicznym o rozmiarze 2 GB. Na dysku zostanie
7345 pokazany tylko 1 GB wolnego miejsca i jest to 1 GB wolnego miejsca
7346 w partycji rozszerzonej.
7347
7348Przykład:
7349
7350 LIST DISK
7351.
7352Language=Portugese
7353 Displays a list of disks.
7354
7355Syntax: LIST DISK
7356
7357 Displays a list of disks and information about them, such as their
7358 size, amount of available free space, whether the disk is a basic
7359 or dynamic disk, and whether the disk uses the master boot record
7360 (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT) partition style. The disk marked
7361 with an asterisk (*) has focus.
7362
7363 Note that the FREE column does not display the total amount of free
7364 space on the disk, but rather the amount of usable free space left
7365 on the disk. For example, if you have a 10GB disk with 4 primary
7366 partitions covering 5GB, there is no usable free space left (no
7367 more partitions may be created). Another example would be you have
7368 a 10GB disk with 3 primary partitions and an extended partition
7369 covering 8GB. The exended partition is of size 3GB with one logical
7370 drive of size 2GB. The disk will show only 1GB as free - the
7371 1GB of free space in the extended partition.
7372
7373Example:
7374
7375 LIST DISK
7376.
7377Language=Romanian
7378 Afișează o listă de discuri.
7379
7380Sintaxă: LIST DISK
7381
7382 Afișează o listă de discuri și de informații despre ele, cum ar fi
7383 mărimea lor, cantitatea de spațiu liber disponibil, dacă discul este un
7384 disc static sau un disc dinamic și dacă discul folosește stilul de
7385 partiționare Registrul principal de inițializare (MBR) sau tabelul de
7386 partiționare GUID (GPT). Discul marcat cu un asterisc (*) are marcaj.
7387
7388 Rețineți că coloana FREE nu afișează cantitatea totală de spațiu liber
7389 pe disc, dar mai degrabă cantitatea de spațiu liber utilizabil rămas pe
7390 disc. De exemplu, dacă aveți un disc de 10Go cu 4 partiții primare care
7391 acoperă 5Go, nu este spațiu liber utilizabil rămas (nu mai pot fi create
7392 alte partiții). Alt exemplu poate fi că aveți un disc de 10Go cu 3 partiții
7393 primare și o partiție extinsă care acoperă 8Go. Partiția există are mărimea
7394 de 3GB cu un disc logic demărime de 2Go. Discul va arăta numai 1Go ca
7395 spațiu liber - spațiu liber de 1Go în partiția extinsă.
7396
7397De exemplu:
7398
7399 LIST DISK
7400.
7401Language=Russian
7402 Displays a list of disks.
7403
7404Syntax: LIST DISK
7405
7406 Displays a list of disks and information about them, such as their
7407 size, amount of available free space, whether the disk is a basic
7408 or dynamic disk, and whether the disk uses the master boot record
7409 (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT) partition style. The disk marked
7410 with an asterisk (*) has focus.
7411
7412 Note that the FREE column does not display the total amount of free
7413 space on the disk, but rather the amount of usable free space left
7414 on the disk. For example, if you have a 10GB disk with 4 primary
7415 partitions covering 5GB, there is no usable free space left (no
7416 more partitions may be created). Another example would be you have
7417 a 10GB disk with 3 primary partitions and an extended partition
7418 covering 8GB. The exended partition is of size 3GB with one logical
7419 drive of size 2GB. The disk will show only 1GB as free - the
7420 1GB of free space in the extended partition.
7421
7422Example:
7423
7424 LIST DISK
7425.
7426Language=Albanian
7427 Displays a list of disks.
7428
7429Syntax: LIST DISK
7430
7431 Displays a list of disks and information about them, such as their
7432 size, amount of available free space, whether the disk is a basic
7433 or dynamic disk, and whether the disk uses the master boot record
7434 (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT) partition style. The disk marked
7435 with an asterisk (*) has focus.
7436
7437 Note that the FREE column does not display the total amount of free
7438 space on the disk, but rather the amount of usable free space left
7439 on the disk. For example, if you have a 10GB disk with 4 primary
7440 partitions covering 5GB, there is no usable free space left (no
7441 more partitions may be created). Another example would be you have
7442 a 10GB disk with 3 primary partitions and an extended partition
7443 covering 8GB. The exended partition is of size 3GB with one logical
7444 drive of size 2GB. The disk will show only 1GB as free - the
7445 1GB of free space in the extended partition.
7446
7447Example:
7448
7449 LIST DISK
7450.
7451Language=Turkish
7452 Displays a list of disks.
7453
7454Syntax: LIST DISK
7455
7456 Displays a list of disks and information about them, such as their
7457 size, amount of available free space, whether the disk is a basic
7458 or dynamic disk, and whether the disk uses the master boot record
7459 (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT) partition style. The disk marked
7460 with an asterisk (*) has focus.
7461
7462 Note that the FREE column does not display the total amount of free
7463 space on the disk, but rather the amount of usable free space left
7464 on the disk. For example, if you have a 10GB disk with 4 primary
7465 partitions covering 5GB, there is no usable free space left (no
7466 more partitions may be created). Another example would be you have
7467 a 10GB disk with 3 primary partitions and an extended partition
7468 covering 8GB. The exended partition is of size 3GB with one logical
7469 drive of size 2GB. The disk will show only 1GB as free - the
7470 1GB of free space in the extended partition.
7471
7472Example:
7473
7474 LIST DISK
7475.
7476Language=Chinese
7477 Displays a list of disks.
7478
7479Syntax: LIST DISK
7480
7481 Displays a list of disks and information about them, such as their
7482 size, amount of available free space, whether the disk is a basic
7483 or dynamic disk, and whether the disk uses the master boot record
7484 (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT) partition style. The disk marked
7485 with an asterisk (*) has focus.
7486
7487 Note that the FREE column does not display the total amount of free
7488 space on the disk, but rather the amount of usable free space left
7489 on the disk. For example, if you have a 10GB disk with 4 primary
7490 partitions covering 5GB, there is no usable free space left (no
7491 more partitions may be created). Another example would be you have
7492 a 10GB disk with 3 primary partitions and an extended partition
7493 covering 8GB. The exended partition is of size 3GB with one logical
7494 drive of size 2GB. The disk will show only 1GB as free - the
7495 1GB of free space in the extended partition.
7496
7497Example:
7498
7499 LIST DISK
7500.
7501Language=Taiwanese
7502 顯示磁碟清單。
7503
7504語法: LIST DISK
7505
7506 顯示磁碟清單，以及它們的相關資訊，例如大小資訊、可用磁碟空間大小
7507 (無論該磁碟是基本磁碟或動態磁碟)，及該磁碟是使用主開機記錄 (MBR) 或
7508 GUID 磁碟分割表格 (GPT) 磁碟分割樣式。有標示星號 (*) 的磁碟是已選擇
7509 的磁碟。
7510
7511 請注意，可用 行所標示的不是磁碟上的空間總大小，而是磁碟上剩餘的可用
7512 空間大小。例如，您有一個 10GB 的磁碟，而磁碟包含了 4 個主要磁碟分割
7513 (共使用了 5GB)，磁碟將沒有任何可用空間 (不能建立更多磁碟分割)。
7514 再例如，您有一個 10GB 的磁碟，而磁碟包含了 3 個主要磁碟分割
7515 和 1 個延伸磁碟分割 (共使用了 8GB)。如該延伸磁碟分割的大小是 3GB，
7516 而且有 1 個 2GB 的邏輯磁碟分割。這時會顯示磁碟只有 1GB 的可用空間
7517 (即延伸磁碟分割內的 1GB 可用空間)。
7518
7519範例:
7520
7521 LIST DISK
7522.
7523
7524MessageId=10034
7525SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_LIST_PARTITION
7526Severity=Informational
7527Facility=System
7528Language=English
7529 Displays a list of partitions in the partition table for the selected disk.
7530
7531Syntax: LIST PARTITION
7532
7533 On dynamic disks, the partitions do not neccessarily correspond to the
7534 dynamic volumes on the disk. Partitions may not be created or deleted
7535 on dynamic disks.
7536
7537 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
7538
7539Example:
7540
7541 LIST PARTITION
7542.
7543Language=German
7544 Zeigt eine Liste der Partitionen in der Partitionstabelle für den
7545 ausgewählten Datenträger an.
7546
7547Syntax: LIST PARTITION
7548
7549 Auf dynamischen Datenträgern entsprechen die Partitionen nicht unbedingt
7550 den dynamischen Volumes auf dem Datenträger. Partitionen werden auf
7551 dynamischen Datenträgern möglicherweise nicht erstellt oder gelöscht.
7552
7553 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss ein
7554 Datenträger ausgewählt werden.
7555
7556Beispiel:
7557
7558 LIST PARTITION
7559.
7560Language=Polish
7561 Wyświetla listę partycji znajdujących się w tabeli partycji wybranego
7562 dysku.
7563
7564Składnia: LIST PARTITION
7565
7566 Na dyskach dynamicznych partycje nie muszą być zgodne z woluminami
7567 dynamicznymi na dysku. Partycji nie można tworzyć na dyskach dynamicznych
7568 ani ich usuwać z takich dysków.
7569
7570 Aby ta operacja się powiodła, musi być wybrany dysk.
7571
7572Przykład:
7573
7574 LIST PARTITION
7575.
7576Language=Portugese
7577 Displays a list of partitions in the partition table for the selected disk.
7578
7579Syntax: LIST PARTITION
7580
7581 On dynamic disks, the partitions do not neccessarily correspond to the
7582 dynamic volumes on the disk. Partitions may not be created or deleted
7583 on dynamic disks.
7584
7585 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
7586
7587Example:
7588
7589 LIST PARTITION
7590.
7591Language=Romanian
7592 Afișează o listă de partiții în tabelul de partiționare pentru discul
7593 selectat.
7594
7595Sintaxă: LIST PARTITION
7596
7597 Pe discurile dinamice, partițiile nu corespund în mod necesar, volumelor
7598 dinamice de pe disc. Partițiile nu pot fi create sau șterse pe discurile
7599 dinamice.
7600
7601 Un disc trebuie să fie selectat pentru ca această operațiune să reușească.
7602
7603De exemplu:
7604
7605 LIST PARTITION
7606.
7607Language=Russian
7608 Displays a list of partitions in the partition table for the selected disk.
7609
7610Syntax: LIST PARTITION
7611
7612 On dynamic disks, the partitions do not neccessarily correspond to the
7613 dynamic volumes on the disk. Partitions may not be created or deleted
7614 on dynamic disks.
7615
7616 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
7617
7618Example:
7619
7620 LIST PARTITION
7621.
7622Language=Albanian
7623 Displays a list of partitions in the partition table for the selected disk.
7624
7625Syntax: LIST PARTITION
7626
7627 On dynamic disks, the partitions do not neccessarily correspond to the
7628 dynamic volumes on the disk. Partitions may not be created or deleted
7629 on dynamic disks.
7630
7631 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
7632
7633Example:
7634
7635 LIST PARTITION
7636.
7637Language=Turkish
7638 Displays a list of partitions in the partition table for the selected disk.
7639
7640Syntax: LIST PARTITION
7641
7642 On dynamic disks, the partitions do not neccessarily correspond to the
7643 dynamic volumes on the disk. Partitions may not be created or deleted
7644 on dynamic disks.
7645
7646 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
7647
7648Example:
7649
7650 LIST PARTITION
7651.
7652Language=Chinese
7653 Displays a list of partitions in the partition table for the selected disk.
7654
7655Syntax: LIST PARTITION
7656
7657 On dynamic disks, the partitions do not neccessarily correspond to the
7658 dynamic volumes on the disk. Partitions may not be created or deleted
7659 on dynamic disks.
7660
7661 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed.
7662
7663Example:
7664
7665 LIST PARTITION
7666.
7667Language=Taiwanese
7668 顯示已選擇的磁碟之磁碟分割表格中的磁碟分割清單。
7669
7670語法: LIST PARTITION
7671
7672 在動態磁碟上，磁碟分割不一定會對應到磁碟上的動態磁碟區。
7673 您無法在動態磁碟上建立或刪除磁碟分割。
7674
7675 您必須先選擇一個磁碟，才能完成這個操作。
7676
7677範例:
7678
7679 LIST PARTITION
7680.
7681
7682
7683MessageId=10035
7684SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_LIST_VOLUME
7685Severity=Informational
7686Facility=System
7687Language=English
7688 Displays a list of basic and dynamic volumes which are installed on the local
7689 machine.
7690
7691Syntax: LIST VOLUME
7692
7693Example:
7694
7695 LIST VOLUME
7696.
7697Language=German
7698 Zeigt eine Liste der Basisvolumes und dynamischen Volumes an, die auf dem
7699 lokalen Computer installiert sind.
7700
7701Syntax: LIST VOLUME
7702
7703Beispiel:
7704
7705 LIST VOLUME
7706.
7707Language=Polish
7708 Wyświetla listę woluminów podstawowych i dynamicznych zainstalowanych
7709 w komputerze lokalnym.
7710
7711Składnia: LIST VOLUME
7712
7713Przykład:
7714
7715 LIST VOLUME
7716.
7717Language=Portugese
7718 Displays a list of basic and dynamic volumes which are installed on the local
7719 machine.
7720
7721Syntax: LIST VOLUME
7722
7723Example:
7724
7725 LIST VOLUME
7726.
7727Language=Romanian
7728 Afișează o listă a volumelor de bază sau dinamice ce sunt instalate în
7729 calculatorul local.
7730
7731Sintaxă: LIST VOLUME
7732
7733De exemplu:
7734
7735 LIST VOLUME
7736.
7737Language=Russian
7738 Displays a list of basic and dynamic volumes which are installed on the local
7739 machine.
7740
7741Syntax: LIST VOLUME
7742
7743Example:
7744
7745 LIST VOLUME
7746.
7747Language=Albanian
7748 Displays a list of basic and dynamic volumes which are installed on the local
7749 machine.
7750
7751Syntax: LIST VOLUME
7752
7753Example:
7754
7755 LIST VOLUME
7756.
7757Language=Turkish
7758 Displays a list of basic and dynamic volumes which are installed on the local
7759 machine.
7760
7761Syntax: LIST VOLUME
7762
7763Example:
7764
7765 LIST VOLUME
7766.
7767Language=Chinese
7768 Displays a list of basic and dynamic volumes which are installed on the local
7769 machine.
7770
7771Syntax: LIST VOLUME
7772
7773Example:
7774
7775 LIST VOLUME
7776.
7777Language=Taiwanese
7778 顯示已安裝在本機上的基本磁碟區與動態磁碟區清單。
7779
7780語法: LIST VOLUME
7781
7782範例:
7783
7784 LIST VOLUME
7785.
7786
7787
7788MessageId=10036
7789SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_LIST_VDISK
7790Severity=Informational
7791Facility=System
7792Language=English
7793<Add LIST VDISK command help text here>
7794.
7795Language=German
7796<Add LIST VDISK command help text here>
7797.
7798Language=Polish
7799<Add LIST VDISK command help text here>
7800.
7801Language=Portugese
7802<Add LIST VDISK command help text here>
7803.
7804Language=Romanian
7805<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda LIST VDISK>
7806.
7807Language=Russian
7808<Add LIST VDISK command help text here>
7809.
7810Language=Albanian
7811<Add LIST VDISK command help text here>
7812.
7813Language=Turkish
7814<Add LIST VDISK command help text here>
7815.
7816Language=Chinese
7817<Add LIST VDISK command help text here>
7818.
7819Language=Taiwanese
7820<Add LIST VDISK command help text here>
7821.
7822
7823
7824MessageId=10037
7825SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_MERGE
7826Severity=Informational
7827Facility=System
7828Language=English
7829<Add MERGE command help text here>
7830.
7831Language=German
7832<Add MERGE command help text here>
7833.
7834Language=Polish
7835<Add MERGE command help text here>
7836.
7837Language=Portugese
7838<Add MERGE command help text here>
7839.
7840Language=Romanian
7841<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda MERGE>
7842.
7843Language=Russian
7844<Add MERGE command help text here>
7845.
7846Language=Albanian
7847<Add MERGE command help text here>
7848.
7849Language=Turkish
7850<Add MERGE command help text here>
7851.
7852Language=Chinese
7853<Add MERGE command help text here>
7854.
7855Language=Taiwanese
7856<Add MERGE command help text here>
7857.
7858
7859
7860MessageId=10038
7861SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_OFFLINE
7862Severity=Informational
7863Facility=System
7864Language=English
7865<Add OFFLINE command help text here>
7866.
7867Language=German
7868<Add OFFLINE command help text here>
7869.
7870Language=Polish
7871<Add OFFLINE command help text here>
7872.
7873Language=Portugese
7874<Add OFFLINE command help text here>
7875.
7876Language=Romanian
7877<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda OFFLINE>
7878.
7879Language=Russian
7880<Add OFFLINE command help text here>
7881.
7882Language=Albanian
7883<Add OFFLINE command help text here>
7884.
7885Language=Turkish
7886<Add OFFLINE command help text here>
7887.
7888Language=Chinese
7889<Add OFFLINE command help text here>
7890.
7891Language=Taiwanese
7892<Add OFFLINE command help text here>
7893.
7894
7895
7896MessageId=10039
7897SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_ONLINE
7898Severity=Informational
7899Facility=System
7900Language=English
7901<Add ONLINE command help text here>
7902.
7903Language=German
7904<Add ONLINE command help text here>
7905.
7906Language=Polish
7907<Add ONLINE command help text here>
7908.
7909Language=Portugese
7910<Add ONLINE command help text here>
7911.
7912Language=Romanian
7913<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda ONLINE>
7914.
7915Language=Russian
7916<Add ONLINE command help text here>
7917.
7918Language=Albanian
7919<Add ONLINE command help text here>
7920.
7921Language=Turkish
7922<Add ONLINE command help text here>
7923.
7924Language=Chinese
7925<Add ONLINE command help text here>
7926.
7927Language=Taiwanese
7928<Add ONLINE command help text here>
7929.
7930
7931
7932MessageId=10040
7933SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_RECOVER
7934Severity=Informational
7935Facility=System
7936Language=English
7937<Add RECOVER command help text here>
7938.
7939Language=German
7940<Add RECOVER command help text here>
7941.
7942Language=Polish
7943<Add RECOVER command help text here>
7944.
7945Language=Portugese
7946<Add RECOVER command help text here>
7947.
7948Language=Romanian
7949<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda RECOVER>
7950.
7951Language=Russian
7952<Add RECOVER command help text here>
7953.
7954Language=Albanian
7955<Add RECOVER command help text here>
7956.
7957Language=Turkish
7958<Add RECOVER command help text here>
7959.
7960Language=Chinese
7961<Add RECOVER command help text here>
7962.
7963Language=Taiwanese
7964<Add RECOVER command help text here>
7965.
7966
7967
7968MessageId=10041
7969SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_REM
7970Severity=Informational
7971Facility=System
7972Language=English
7973 Provides a way to add comments to a script.
7974
7975Syntax: REM
7976
7977Example:
7978
7979 In this example script, REM is used to provide a comment about what the
7980 script does.
7981
7982 REM These commands set up 3 drives.
7983 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=2048
7984 ASSIGN d:
7985 CREATE PARTITION EXTEND
7986 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=2048
7987 ASSIGN e:
7988 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL
7989 ASSIGN f:
7990.
7991Language=German
7992 Bietet eine Möglichkeit, einem Skript Kommentare hinzuzufügen.
7993
7994Syntax: REM
7995
7996Beispiel:
7997
7998 In diesem Beispielskript wird mit REM ein Kommentar eingeleitet, mit
7999 dem die Funktion des Skripts erläutert wird.
8000
8001 REM Mit diesen Befehlen werden drei Laufwerke eingerichtet.
8002 CREATE PARITION PRIMARY SIZE=2048
8003 ASSIGN d:
8004 CREATE PARTITION EXTEND
8005 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=2048
8006 ASSIGN e:
8007 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL
8008 ASSIGN f:
8009.
8010Language=Polish
8011 Umożliwia dodawanie komentarzy do skryptu.
8012
8013Składnia: REM
8014
8015Przykład:
8016
8017 W tym przykładowym skrypcie polecenie REM zostało użyte w celu dodania
8018 komentarza opisującego działanie skryptu.
8019
8020 REM Te polecenia konfigurują trzy dyski.
8021 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=2048
8022 ASSIGN d:
8023 CREATE PARTITION EXTEND
8024 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=2048
8025 ASSIGN e:
8026 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL
8027 ASSIGN f:
8028.
8029Language=Portugese
8030 Provides a way to add comments to a script.
8031
8032Syntax: REM
8033
8034Example:
8035
8036 In this example script, REM is used to provide a comment about what the
8037 script does.
8038
8039 REM These commands set up 3 drives.
8040 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=2048
8041 ASSIGN d:
8042 CREATE PARTITION EXTEND
8043 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=2048
8044 ASSIGN e:
8045 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL
8046 ASSIGN f:
8047.
8048Language=Romanian
8049 Furnizează un mod de a adăuga comentarii la un script.
8050
8051Sintaxă: REM
8052
8053De exemplu:
8054
8055 În acest script exemplificat, comanda REM este folosită ca să furnizeze
8056 un comentariu despre ce face scriptul.
8057
8058 REM Aceste comenzi configurează 3 discuri.
8059 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=2048
8060 ASSIGN d:
8061 CREATE PARTITION EXTEND
8062 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=2048
8063 ASSIGN e:
8064 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL
8065 ASSIGN f:
8066.
8067Language=Russian
8068 Provides a way to add comments to a script.
8069
8070Syntax: REM
8071
8072Example:
8073
8074 In this example script, REM is used to provide a comment about what the
8075 script does.
8076
8077 REM These commands set up 3 drives.
8078 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=2048
8079 ASSIGN d:
8080 CREATE PARTITION EXTEND
8081 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=2048
8082 ASSIGN e:
8083 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL
8084 ASSIGN f:
8085.
8086Language=Albanian
8087 Provides a way to add comments to a script.
8088
8089Syntax: REM
8090
8091Example:
8092
8093 In this example script, REM is used to provide a comment about what the
8094 script does.
8095
8096 REM These commands set up 3 drives.
8097 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=2048
8098 ASSIGN d:
8099 CREATE PARTITION EXTEND
8100 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=2048
8101 ASSIGN e:
8102 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL
8103 ASSIGN f:
8104.
8105Language=Turkish
8106 Provides a way to add comments to a script.
8107
8108Syntax: REM
8109
8110Example:
8111
8112 In this example script, REM is used to provide a comment about what the
8113 script does.
8114
8115 REM These commands set up 3 drives.
8116 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=2048
8117 ASSIGN d:
8118 CREATE PARTITION EXTEND
8119 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=2048
8120 ASSIGN e:
8121 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL
8122 ASSIGN f:
8123.
8124Language=Chinese
8125 Provides a way to add comments to a script.
8126
8127Syntax: REM
8128
8129Example:
8130
8131 In this example script, REM is used to provide a comment about what the
8132 script does.
8133
8134 REM These commands set up 3 drives.
8135 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=2048
8136 ASSIGN d:
8137 CREATE PARTITION EXTEND
8138 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=2048
8139 ASSIGN e:
8140 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL
8141 ASSIGN f:
8142.
8143Language=Taiwanese
8144 提供將命令加入指令碼的方法。
8145
8146語法: REM
8147
8148範例:
8149
8150 在這個範例指令碼中，REM 是用來提供關於該指令碼之功能的註解。
8151
8152 REM 這些命令可建立 3 部磁碟機。
8153 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY SIZE=2048
8154 ASSIGN d:
8155 CREATE PARTITION EXTEND
8156 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL SIZE=2048
8157 ASSIGN e:
8158 CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL
8159 ASSIGN f:
8160.
8161
8162
8163MessageId=10042
8164SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_REMOVE
8165Severity=Informational
8166Facility=System
8167Language=English
8168 Removes a drive letter or mounted folder pathname from the volume
8169 with focus.
8170
8171Syntax: REMOVE [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH> | ALL] [DISMOUNT] [NOERR]
8172
8173 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to be removed.
8174
8175 MOUNT=<PATH>
8176 The mounted folder path to be removed.
8177
8178 ALL Removes all current drive letters and mounted folder paths.
8179
8180 DISMOUNT This parameter may be used if 1) all drive letters and
8181 mounted folder paths have been removed from the volume, or
8182 2) the ALL parameter is specified. This parameter
8183 specifies that the file system is to be dismounted and
8184 the volume taken offline. If other processes are using
8185 the volume, DiskPart closes any open handles before
8186 dismounting the file system and taking the volume offline.
8187 You can bring the volume online by assigning it a driver
8188 letter, by creating a mounted folder path to the volume, or
8189 by using the ONLINE command. DISMOUNT will fail if used
8190 on a volume that has any remaining drive letters or mounted
8191 folder paths. For scripting, using REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT is
8192 recommended.
8193
8194 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
8195 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
8196 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
8197 with an error code.
8198
8199 If no drive letter or mounted folder path is specified, DiskPart removes
8200 the first drive letter or mounted folder path it encounters. If the ALL
8201 parameter is used, all current drive letters and mounted folder paths
8202 are removed. If the DISMOUNT parameter is used, DiskPart closes all open
8203 handles to the volume and then dismounts the volume and takes it offline.
8204
8205 The REMOVE command can be used to change the drive letter associated with a
8206 removable drive. You cannot remove the drive letters on boot or
8207 paging volumes.
8208
8209 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
8210
8211Example:
8212
8213 REMOVE LETTER=K
8214 REMOVE MOUNT=G:\\MountH
8215 REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT
8216.
8217Language=German
8218 Entfernt einen Laufwerkbuchstaben oder Pfadnamen für eingebundene Ordner
8219 vom Volume, das den Fokus hat.
8220
8221Syntax: REMOVE [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PFAD> | ALL] [DISMOUNT] [NOERR]
8222
8223 LETTER=<D> Der Laufwerkbuchstabe, der entfernt werden soll.
8224
8225 MOUNT=<PFAD>
8226 Der Pfad des eingebundenen Ordners, der entfernt werden
8227 soll.
8228
8229 ALL Entfernt alle aktuellen Laufwerksbuchstaben und Pfade der
8230 eingebundenen Ordner.
8231
8232 DISMOUNT Der Parameter kann verwendet werden, falls 1) alle
8233 Laufwerkbuchstaben und Pfade der eingebundenen Ordner vom
8234 Volume entfernt wurden oder 2) falls der Parameter ALL
8235 angegeben wird. Durch diesen Parameter wird angegeben, dass die
8236 Bereitstellung des Dateisystems aufgehoben und das Volume
8237 in den Offlinezustand versetzt werden soll. Wird das
8238 Volume in anderen Prozessen verwendet, werden von DiskPart alle
8239 geöffneten Handles geschlossen, bevor die Bereitstellung des
8240 Dateisystems aufgehoben und das Volume in den Offlinezustand
8241 versetzt wird.
8242 Sie können das Volume in den Onlinezustand versetzen, indem Sie
8243 ihm einen Laufwerkbuchstaben zuweisen. Erstellen Sie dazu einen
8244 Pfad für einen eingebundenen Ordner zum Volume, oder
8245 verwenden Sie den Befehl ONLINE.
8246 Der Befehl DISMOUNT schlägt fehl, falls er auf einem Volume
8247 ausgeführt wird, das verbleibende Laufwerkbuchstaben oder Pfade
8248 für eingebundene Ordner beinhaltet. Für Skripting wird der
8249 Befehl REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT empfohlen.
8250
8251 NOERR Nur für Skripting. Bei einem Fehler setzt DiskPart die
8252 Verarbeitung von Befehlen fort, als sei der Fehler nicht
8253 aufgetreten. Ohne den Parameter NOERR wird DiskPart bei
8254 einem Fehler mit entsprechendem Fehlercode beendet.
8255
8256 Wurde kein Laufwerkbuchstabe oder Pfad für einen eingebundenen Ordner
8257 angegeben, wird von DiskPart der erste erkannte Laufwerkbuchstabe oder Pfad
8258 für eingebundene Ordner entfernt. Bei Verwendung des Parameters ALL
8259 werden alle aktuellen Laufwerkbuchstaben und Pfade für eingebundene Ordner
8260 entfernt. Bei Verwendung des Parameters DISMOUNT werden von DiskPart alle
8261 geöffneten Handles für das Volume geschlossen, bevor die Bereitstellung des
8262 Volumes aufgehoben und dieses in den Offlinezustand versetzt wird.
8263
8264 Der Befehl REMOVE kann zum Ändern des Laufwerkbuchstabens verwendet werden,
8265 der einem Wechseldatenträger zugeordnet ist. Sie können die
8266 Laufwerkbuchstaben auf Start- oder Auslagerungsvolumes nicht entfernen.
8267
8268 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich verläuft, muss ein Volume ausgewählt werden.
8269
8270Beispiel:
8271
8272 REMOVE LETTER=K
8273 REMOVE MOUNT=G:\\MountH
8274 REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT
8275.
8276Language=Polish
8277 Removes a drive letter or mounted folder pathname from the volume
8278 with focus.
8279
8280Syntax: REMOVE [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH> | ALL] [DISMOUNT] [NOERR]
8281
8282 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to be removed.
8283
8284 MOUNT=<PATH>
8285 The mounted folder path to be removed.
8286
8287 ALL Removes all current drive letters and mounted folder paths.
8288
8289 DISMOUNT This parameter may be used if 1) all drive letters and
8290 mounted folder paths have been removed from the volume, or
8291 2) the ALL parameter is specified. This parameter
8292 specifies that the file system is to be dismounted and
8293 the volume taken offline. If other processes are using
8294 the volume, DiskPart closes any open handles before
8295 dismounting the file system and taking the volume offline.
8296 You can bring the volume online by assigning it a driver
8297 letter, by creating a mounted folder path to the volume, or
8298 by using the ONLINE command. DISMOUNT will fail if used
8299 on a volume that has any remaining drive letters or mounted
8300 folder paths. For scripting, using REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT is
8301 recommended.
8302
8303 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
8304 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
8305 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
8306 with an error code.
8307
8308 If no drive letter or mounted folder path is specified, DiskPart removes
8309 the first drive letter or mounted folder path it encounters. If the ALL
8310 parameter is used, all current drive letters and mounted folder paths
8311 are removed. If the DISMOUNT parameter is used, DiskPart closes all open
8312 handles to the volume and then dismounts the volume and takes it offline.
8313
8314 The REMOVE command can be used to change the drive letter associated with a
8315 removable drive. You cannot remove the drive letters on boot or
8316 paging volumes.
8317
8318 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
8319
8320Example:
8321
8322 REMOVE LETTER=K
8323 REMOVE MOUNT=G:\\MountH
8324 REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT
8325.
8326Language=Portugese
8327 Removes a drive letter or mounted folder pathname from the volume
8328 with focus.
8329
8330Syntax: REMOVE [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH> | ALL] [DISMOUNT] [NOERR]
8331
8332 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to be removed.
8333
8334 MOUNT=<PATH>
8335 The mounted folder path to be removed.
8336
8337 ALL Removes all current drive letters and mounted folder paths.
8338
8339 DISMOUNT This parameter may be used if 1) all drive letters and
8340 mounted folder paths have been removed from the volume, or
8341 2) the ALL parameter is specified. This parameter
8342 specifies that the file system is to be dismounted and
8343 the volume taken offline. If other processes are using
8344 the volume, DiskPart closes any open handles before
8345 dismounting the file system and taking the volume offline.
8346 You can bring the volume online by assigning it a driver
8347 letter, by creating a mounted folder path to the volume, or
8348 by using the ONLINE command. DISMOUNT will fail if used
8349 on a volume that has any remaining drive letters or mounted
8350 folder paths. For scripting, using REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT is
8351 recommended.
8352
8353 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
8354 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
8355 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
8356 with an error code.
8357
8358 If no drive letter or mounted folder path is specified, DiskPart removes
8359 the first drive letter or mounted folder path it encounters. If the ALL
8360 parameter is used, all current drive letters and mounted folder paths
8361 are removed. If the DISMOUNT parameter is used, DiskPart closes all open
8362 handles to the volume and then dismounts the volume and takes it offline.
8363
8364 The REMOVE command can be used to change the drive letter associated with a
8365 removable drive. You cannot remove the drive letters on boot or
8366 paging volumes.
8367
8368 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
8369
8370Example:
8371
8372 REMOVE LETTER=K
8373 REMOVE MOUNT=G:\\MountH
8374 REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT
8375.
8376Language=Romanian
8377 Removes a drive letter or mounted folder pathname from the volume
8378 with focus.
8379
8380Syntax: REMOVE [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH> | ALL] [DISMOUNT] [NOERR]
8381
8382 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to be removed.
8383
8384 MOUNT=<PATH>
8385 The mounted folder path to be removed.
8386
8387 ALL Removes all current drive letters and mounted folder paths.
8388
8389 DISMOUNT This parameter may be used if 1) all drive letters and
8390 mounted folder paths have been removed from the volume, or
8391 2) the ALL parameter is specified. This parameter
8392 specifies that the file system is to be dismounted and
8393 the volume taken offline. If other processes are using
8394 the volume, DiskPart closes any open handles before
8395 dismounting the file system and taking the volume offline.
8396 You can bring the volume online by assigning it a driver
8397 letter, by creating a mounted folder path to the volume, or
8398 by using the ONLINE command. DISMOUNT will fail if used
8399 on a volume that has any remaining drive letters or mounted
8400 folder paths. For scripting, using REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT is
8401 recommended.
8402
8403 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
8404 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
8405 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
8406 with an error code.
8407
8408 If no drive letter or mounted folder path is specified, DiskPart removes
8409 the first drive letter or mounted folder path it encounters. If the ALL
8410 parameter is used, all current drive letters and mounted folder paths
8411 are removed. If the DISMOUNT parameter is used, DiskPart closes all open
8412 handles to the volume and then dismounts the volume and takes it offline.
8413
8414 The REMOVE command can be used to change the drive letter associated with a
8415 removable drive. You cannot remove the drive letters on boot or
8416 paging volumes.
8417
8418 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
8419
8420Example:
8421
8422 REMOVE LETTER=K
8423 REMOVE MOUNT=G:\\MountH
8424 REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT
8425.
8426Language=Russian
8427 Removes a drive letter or mounted folder pathname from the volume
8428 with focus.
8429
8430Syntax: REMOVE [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH> | ALL] [DISMOUNT] [NOERR]
8431
8432 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to be removed.
8433
8434 MOUNT=<PATH>
8435 The mounted folder path to be removed.
8436
8437 ALL Removes all current drive letters and mounted folder paths.
8438
8439 DISMOUNT This parameter may be used if 1) all drive letters and
8440 mounted folder paths have been removed from the volume, or
8441 2) the ALL parameter is specified. This parameter
8442 specifies that the file system is to be dismounted and
8443 the volume taken offline. If other processes are using
8444 the volume, DiskPart closes any open handles before
8445 dismounting the file system and taking the volume offline.
8446 You can bring the volume online by assigning it a driver
8447 letter, by creating a mounted folder path to the volume, or
8448 by using the ONLINE command. DISMOUNT will fail if used
8449 on a volume that has any remaining drive letters or mounted
8450 folder paths. For scripting, using REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT is
8451 recommended.
8452
8453 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
8454 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
8455 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
8456 with an error code.
8457
8458 If no drive letter or mounted folder path is specified, DiskPart removes
8459 the first drive letter or mounted folder path it encounters. If the ALL
8460 parameter is used, all current drive letters and mounted folder paths
8461 are removed. If the DISMOUNT parameter is used, DiskPart closes all open
8462 handles to the volume and then dismounts the volume and takes it offline.
8463
8464 The REMOVE command can be used to change the drive letter associated with a
8465 removable drive. You cannot remove the drive letters on boot or
8466 paging volumes.
8467
8468 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
8469
8470Example:
8471
8472 REMOVE LETTER=K
8473 REMOVE MOUNT=G:\\MountH
8474 REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT
8475.
8476Language=Albanian
8477 Removes a drive letter or mounted folder pathname from the volume
8478 with focus.
8479
8480Syntax: REMOVE [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH> | ALL] [DISMOUNT] [NOERR]
8481
8482 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to be removed.
8483
8484 MOUNT=<PATH>
8485 The mounted folder path to be removed.
8486
8487 ALL Removes all current drive letters and mounted folder paths.
8488
8489 DISMOUNT This parameter may be used if 1) all drive letters and
8490 mounted folder paths have been removed from the volume, or
8491 2) the ALL parameter is specified. This parameter
8492 specifies that the file system is to be dismounted and
8493 the volume taken offline. If other processes are using
8494 the volume, DiskPart closes any open handles before
8495 dismounting the file system and taking the volume offline.
8496 You can bring the volume online by assigning it a driver
8497 letter, by creating a mounted folder path to the volume, or
8498 by using the ONLINE command. DISMOUNT will fail if used
8499 on a volume that has any remaining drive letters or mounted
8500 folder paths. For scripting, using REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT is
8501 recommended.
8502
8503 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
8504 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
8505 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
8506 with an error code.
8507
8508 If no drive letter or mounted folder path is specified, DiskPart removes
8509 the first drive letter or mounted folder path it encounters. If the ALL
8510 parameter is used, all current drive letters and mounted folder paths
8511 are removed. If the DISMOUNT parameter is used, DiskPart closes all open
8512 handles to the volume and then dismounts the volume and takes it offline.
8513
8514 The REMOVE command can be used to change the drive letter associated with a
8515 removable drive. You cannot remove the drive letters on boot or
8516 paging volumes.
8517
8518 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
8519
8520Example:
8521
8522 REMOVE LETTER=K
8523 REMOVE MOUNT=G:\\MountH
8524 REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT
8525.
8526Language=Turkish
8527 Removes a drive letter or mounted folder pathname from the volume
8528 with focus.
8529
8530Syntax: REMOVE [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH> | ALL] [DISMOUNT] [NOERR]
8531
8532 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to be removed.
8533
8534 MOUNT=<PATH>
8535 The mounted folder path to be removed.
8536
8537 ALL Removes all current drive letters and mounted folder paths.
8538
8539 DISMOUNT This parameter may be used if 1) all drive letters and
8540 mounted folder paths have been removed from the volume, or
8541 2) the ALL parameter is specified. This parameter
8542 specifies that the file system is to be dismounted and
8543 the volume taken offline. If other processes are using
8544 the volume, DiskPart closes any open handles before
8545 dismounting the file system and taking the volume offline.
8546 You can bring the volume online by assigning it a driver
8547 letter, by creating a mounted folder path to the volume, or
8548 by using the ONLINE command. DISMOUNT will fail if used
8549 on a volume that has any remaining drive letters or mounted
8550 folder paths. For scripting, using REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT is
8551 recommended.
8552
8553 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
8554 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
8555 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
8556 with an error code.
8557
8558 If no drive letter or mounted folder path is specified, DiskPart removes
8559 the first drive letter or mounted folder path it encounters. If the ALL
8560 parameter is used, all current drive letters and mounted folder paths
8561 are removed. If the DISMOUNT parameter is used, DiskPart closes all open
8562 handles to the volume and then dismounts the volume and takes it offline.
8563
8564 The REMOVE command can be used to change the drive letter associated with a
8565 removable drive. You cannot remove the drive letters on boot or
8566 paging volumes.
8567
8568 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
8569
8570Example:
8571
8572 REMOVE LETTER=K
8573 REMOVE MOUNT=G:\\MountH
8574 REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT
8575.
8576Language=Chinese
8577 Removes a drive letter or mounted folder pathname from the volume
8578 with focus.
8579
8580Syntax: REMOVE [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH> | ALL] [DISMOUNT] [NOERR]
8581
8582 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to be removed.
8583
8584 MOUNT=<PATH>
8585 The mounted folder path to be removed.
8586
8587 ALL Removes all current drive letters and mounted folder paths.
8588
8589 DISMOUNT This parameter may be used if 1) all drive letters and
8590 mounted folder paths have been removed from the volume, or
8591 2) the ALL parameter is specified. This parameter
8592 specifies that the file system is to be dismounted and
8593 the volume taken offline. If other processes are using
8594 the volume, DiskPart closes any open handles before
8595 dismounting the file system and taking the volume offline.
8596 You can bring the volume online by assigning it a driver
8597 letter, by creating a mounted folder path to the volume, or
8598 by using the ONLINE command. DISMOUNT will fail if used
8599 on a volume that has any remaining drive letters or mounted
8600 folder paths. For scripting, using REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT is
8601 recommended.
8602
8603 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
8604 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
8605 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
8606 with an error code.
8607
8608 If no drive letter or mounted folder path is specified, DiskPart removes
8609 the first drive letter or mounted folder path it encounters. If the ALL
8610 parameter is used, all current drive letters and mounted folder paths
8611 are removed. If the DISMOUNT parameter is used, DiskPart closes all open
8612 handles to the volume and then dismounts the volume and takes it offline.
8613
8614 The REMOVE command can be used to change the drive letter associated with a
8615 removable drive. You cannot remove the drive letters on boot or
8616 paging volumes.
8617
8618 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
8619
8620Example:
8621
8622 REMOVE LETTER=K
8623 REMOVE MOUNT=G:\\MountH
8624 REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT
8625.
8626Language=Taiwanese
8627 Removes a drive letter or mounted folder pathname from the volume
8628 with focus.
8629
8630Syntax: REMOVE [LETTER=<D> | MOUNT=<PATH> | ALL] [DISMOUNT] [NOERR]
8631
8632 LETTER=<D> The drive letter to be removed.
8633
8634 MOUNT=<PATH>
8635 The mounted folder path to be removed.
8636
8637 ALL Removes all current drive letters and mounted folder paths.
8638
8639 DISMOUNT This parameter may be used if 1) all drive letters and
8640 mounted folder paths have been removed from the volume, or
8641 2) the ALL parameter is specified. This parameter
8642 specifies that the file system is to be dismounted and
8643 the volume taken offline. If other processes are using
8644 the volume, DiskPart closes any open handles before
8645 dismounting the file system and taking the volume offline.
8646 You can bring the volume online by assigning it a driver
8647 letter, by creating a mounted folder path to the volume, or
8648 by using the ONLINE command. DISMOUNT will fail if used
8649 on a volume that has any remaining drive letters or mounted
8650 folder paths. For scripting, using REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT is
8651 recommended.
8652
8653 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
8654 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
8655 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
8656 with an error code.
8657
8658 If no drive letter or mounted folder path is specified, DiskPart removes
8659 the first drive letter or mounted folder path it encounters. If the ALL
8660 parameter is used, all current drive letters and mounted folder paths
8661 are removed. If the DISMOUNT parameter is used, DiskPart closes all open
8662 handles to the volume and then dismounts the volume and takes it offline.
8663
8664 The REMOVE command can be used to change the drive letter associated with a
8665 removable drive. You cannot remove the drive letters on boot or
8666 paging volumes.
8667
8668 A volume must be selected for this operation to succeed.
8669
8670Example:
8671
8672 REMOVE LETTER=K
8673 REMOVE MOUNT=G:\\MountH
8674 REMOVE ALL DISMOUNT
8675.
8676
8677
8678MessageId=10043
8679SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_REPAIR
8680Severity=Informational
8681Facility=System
8682Language=English
8683<Add REPAIR command help text here>
8684.
8685Language=German
8686<Add REPAIR command help text here>
8687.
8688Language=Polish
8689<Add REPAIR command help text here>
8690.
8691Language=Portugese
8692<Add REPAIR command help text here>
8693.
8694Language=Romanian
8695<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda REPAIR>
8696.
8697Language=Russian
8698<Add REPAIR command help text here>
8699.
8700Language=Albanian
8701<Add REPAIR command help text here>
8702.
8703Language=Turkish
8704<Add REPAIR command help text here>
8705.
8706Language=Chinese
8707<Add REPAIR command help text here>
8708.
8709Language=Taiwanese
8710<Add REPAIR command help text here>
8711.
8712
8713
8714MessageId=10044
8715SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_RESCAN
8716Severity=Informational
8717Facility=System
8718Language=English
8719 Locates new disks that may have been added to the computer.
8720
8721Syntax: RESCAN
8722
8723Example:
8724
8725 RESCAN
8726.
8727Language=German
8728 Sucht nach neuen Datenträgern, die dem Computer möglicherweise
8729 hinzugefügt wurden.
8730
8731Syntax: RESCAN
8732
8733Beispiel:
8734
8735 RESCAN
8736.
8737Language=Polish
8738 Lokalizuje nowe dyski, które można dodać do komputera.
8739
8740Składnia: RESCAN
8741
8742Przykład:
8743
8744 RESCAN
8745.
8746Language=Portugese
8747 Locates new disks that may have been added to the computer.
8748
8749Syntax: RESCAN
8750
8751Example:
8752
8753 RESCAN
8754.
8755Language=Romanian
8756 Localizează noile discuri ce pot fi adăugate la calculator.
8757
8758Sintaxă: RESCAN
8759
8760De exemplu:
8761
8762 RESCAN
8763.
8764Language=Russian
8765 Locates new disks that may have been added to the computer.
8766
8767Syntax: RESCAN
8768
8769Example:
8770
8771 RESCAN
8772.
8773Language=Albanian
8774 Locates new disks that may have been added to the computer.
8775
8776Syntax: RESCAN
8777
8778Example:
8779
8780 RESCAN
8781.
8782Language=Turkish
8783 Locates new disks that may have been added to the computer.
8784
8785Syntax: RESCAN
8786
8787Example:
8788
8789 RESCAN
8790.
8791Language=Chinese
8792 Locates new disks that may have been added to the computer.
8793
8794Syntax: RESCAN
8795
8796Example:
8797
8798 RESCAN
8799.
8800Language=Taiwanese
8801 找出可能已加入電腦的新磁碟。
8802
8803語法: RESCAN
8804
8805範例:
8806
8807 RESCAN
8808.
8809
8810
8811MessageId=10045
8812SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_RETAIN
8813Severity=Informational
8814Facility=System
8815Language=English
8816<Add RETAIN command help text here>
8817.
8818Language=German
8819<Add RETAIN command help text here>
8820.
8821Language=Polish
8822<Add RETAIN command help text here>
8823.
8824Language=Portugese
8825<Add RETAIN command help text here>
8826.
8827Language=Romanian
8828<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda RETAIN>
8829.
8830Language=Russian
8831<Add RETAIN command help text here>
8832.
8833Language=Albanian
8834<Add RETAIN command help text here>
8835.
8836Language=Turkish
8837<Add RETAIN command help text here>
8838.
8839Language=Chinese
8840<Add RETAIN command help text here>
8841.
8842Language=Taiwanese
8843<Add RETAIN command help text here>
8844.
8845
8846
8847MessageId=10046
8848SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_SAN
8849Severity=Informational
8850Facility=System
8851Language=English
8852<Add SAN command help text here>
8853.
8854Language=German
8855<Add SAN command help text here>
8856.
8857Language=Polish
8858<Add SAN command help text here>
8859.
8860Language=Portugese
8861<Add SAN command help text here>
8862.
8863Language=Romanian
8864<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda SAN>
8865.
8866Language=Russian
8867<Add SAN command help text here>
8868.
8869Language=Albanian
8870<Add SAN command help text here>
8871.
8872Language=Turkish
8873<Add SAN command help text here>
8874.
8875Language=Chinese
8876<Add SAN command help text here>
8877.
8878Language=Taiwanese
8879<Add SAN command help text here>
8880.
8881
8882
8883MessageId=10047
8884SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_SELECT_DISK
8885Severity=Informational
8886Facility=System
8887Language=English
8888 Selects the specified disk and shifts the focus to it.
8889
8890Syntax: SELECT DISK=<N>
8891 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
8892 SELECT DISK=NEXT
8893 SELECT DISK=<Path>
8894
8895 DISK=<N>
8896 The DiskPart disk index number of the disk to receive
8897 focus.
8898
8899 DISK=<Path>
8900 The location path of the disk to receive focus.
8901
8902 DISK=SYSTEM
8903 On BIOS machines, BIOS disk 0 will receive focus.
8904 On EFI machines, the disk containing the ESP partition
8905 used for the current boot will receive focus. On EFI
8906 machines, if there is no ESP, or there is more than
8907 one ESP present, or the machine is booted from Windows PE,
8908 the command will fail.
8909
8910 DISK=NEXT
8911 Once a disk is selected, this command is used to iterate
8912 over all disks in the disk list. The next disk in the list
8913 will receive focus. If the next disk is the start of the
8914 enumeration, the command will fail and no disk will have
8915 focus.
8916
8917 If no options are specified, the select command lists the disk that
8918 currently has the focus. You can view the DiskPart index numbers
8919 for all disks on the computer by using the LIST DISK command.
8920
8921Example:
8922
8923 SELECT DISK=1
8924 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
8925 SELECT DISK=NEXT
8926 SELECT DISK=PCIROOT(0)#PCI(0100)#ATA(C00T00L01)
8927.
8928Language=German
8929 Dient zum Auswählen des angegebenen Datenträgers sowie zum
8930 Festlegen des Fokus auf den Datenträger.
8931
8932Syntax: SELECT DISK=<N>
8933 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
8934 SELECT DISK=NEXT
8935 SELECT DISK=<Path>
8936
8937 DISK=<N>
8938 Die DiskPart-Datenträgerindexnummer des Datenträgers, auf
8939 den der Fokus festgelegt werden soll.
8940
8941 DISK=<Pfad>
8942 Der Speicherortpfad des Datenträgers, auf den der Fokus
8943 festgelegt werden soll.
8944
8945 DISK=SYSTEM
8946 Bei BIOS-Computern erhält der BIOS-Datenträger "0" den
8947 Fokus. Bei EFI-Computern erhält der Datenträger mit der
8948 ESP-Partition, der für den aktuellen Startvorgang verwendet
8949 wird, den Fokus. Bei EFI-Computern ohne ESP oder mit
8950 mehreren ESPs (oder beim Start des Computers unter Ver-
8951 wendung von Windows PE) tritt bei Verwendung des Befehls
8952 ein Fehler auf.
8953
8954 DISK=NEXT
8955 Nach Auswahl eines Datenträgers erfolgt mithilfe dieses
8956 Befehls eine Iteration durch alle Datenträger in der Daten-
8957 trägerliste. Der nächste Datenträger in der Liste erhält den
8958 Fokus. Handelt es sich beim nächsten Datenträger um den
8959 Beginn der Aufzählung, tritt bei dem Befehl ein Fehler auf, und
8960 keiner der Datenträger erhält den Fokus.
8961
8962 Ohne Angabe von Optionen wird mithilfe des Befehls "Select" der
8963 Datenträger angegeben, der derzeit den Fokus besitzt. Verwenden
8964 Sie zum Anzeigen der DiskPart-Indexnummern für alle Datenträger
8965 des Computers den Befehl "LIST DISK".
8966
8967Beispiele:
8968
8969 SELECT DISK=1
8970 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
8971 SELECT DISK=NEXT
8972 SELECT DISK=PCIROOT(0)#PCI(0100)#ATA(C00T00L01)
8973.
8974Language=Polish
8975 Wybiera określony dysk i przenosi na niego fokus.
8976
8977Składnia: SELECT DISK=<N>
8978 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
8979 SELECT DISK=NEXT
8980 SELECT DISK=<Ścieżka>
8981
8982 DISK=<N>
8983 Numer indeksu dysku w programie DiskPart odpowiadający
8984 dyskowi, na którym ma zostać ustawiony fokus.
8985
8986 DISK=<Ścieżka>
8987 Ścieżka lokalizacji dysku, na którym ma zostać
8988 ustawiony fokus.
8989
8990 DISK=SYSTEM
8991 Na komputerach z systemem BIOS fokus zostanie ustawiony na
8992 dysku 0 systemu BIOS. Na komputerach z interfejsem EFI
8993 fokus zostanie ustawiony na dysku zawierającym partycję ESP
8994 użytą do wykonania bieżącego rozruchu. Wykonanie polecenia
8995 nie powiedzie się na komputerach z interfejsem EFI,
8996 na których nie ma partycji ESP lub jest kilka partycji ESP,
8997 oraz gdy rozruch komputera nastąpił w środowisku Windows PE.
8998
8999 DISK=NEXT
9000 Po wybraniu dysku to polecenie jest używane do przejścia
9001 przez wszystkie dyski znajdujące się na liście dysków.
9002 Fokus zostanie ustawiony na następnym dysku na liście.
9003 Jeśli następny dysk jest na początku wyliczania, wykonanie
9004 polecenia nie powiedzie się i fokus nie zostanie ustawiony
9005 na żadnym dysku.
9006
9007 Jeśli żadne opcje nie są określone, polecenie SELECT wyświetla dysk,
9008 na którym obecnie jest ustawiony fokus. Numery indeksu w programie
9009 DiskPart odpowiadające wszystkim dyskom w komputerze można wyświetlić
9010 za pomocą polecenia LIST DISK.
9011
9012Przykłady:
9013
9014 SELECT DISK=1
9015 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
9016 SELECT DISK=NEXT
9017 SELECT DISK=PCIROOT(0)#PCI(0100)#ATA(C00T00L01)
9018.
9019Language=Portugese
9020 Selects the specified disk and shifts the focus to it.
9021
9022Syntax: SELECT DISK=<N>
9023 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
9024 SELECT DISK=NEXT
9025 SELECT DISK=<Path>
9026
9027 DISK=<N>
9028 The DiskPart disk index number of the disk to receive
9029 focus.
9030
9031 DISK=<Path>
9032 The location path of the disk to receive focus.
9033
9034 DISK=SYSTEM
9035 On BIOS machines, BIOS disk 0 will receive focus.
9036 On EFI machines, the disk containing the ESP partition
9037 used for the current boot will receive focus. On EFI
9038 machines, if there is no ESP, or there is more than
9039 one ESP present, or the machine is booted from Windows PE,
9040 the command will fail.
9041
9042 DISK=NEXT
9043 Once a disk is selected, this command is used to iterate
9044 over all disks in the disk list. The next disk in the list
9045 will receive focus. If the next disk is the start of the
9046 enumeration, the command will fail and no disk will have
9047 focus.
9048
9049 If no options are specified, the select command lists the disk that
9050 currently has the focus. You can view the DiskPart index numbers
9051 for all disks on the computer by using the LIST DISK command.
9052
9053Example:
9054
9055 SELECT DISK=1
9056 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
9057 SELECT DISK=NEXT
9058 SELECT DISK=PCIROOT(0)#PCI(0100)#ATA(C00T00L01)
9059.
9060Language=Romanian
9061 Selectează discul specificat și mută marcajul pe el.
9062
9063Sintaxă: SELECT DISK=<N>
9064 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
9065 SELECT DISK=NEXT
9066 SELECT DISK=<Cale>
9067
9068 DISK=<N>
9069 Numărul indexului discului pentru programul DiskPart care
9070 urmează să primească marcajul.
9071
9072 DISK=<Cale>
9073 Calea locației discului care urmează să primească marcajul.
9074
9075 DISK=SYSTEM
9076 La calculatoarele cu BIOS, discul 0 din BIOS va fi marcat.
9077 La calculatoarele EFI, discul care conține partiția ESP
9078 folosită pentru inițializarea curentă va primi marcaj.
9079 La calculatoarele EFI, dacă nu este ESP sau este prezent
9080 mai mult decât un ESP sau calculatorul este inițializat din
9081 Windows PE, comanda va eșua.
9082
9083 DISK=NEXT
9084 Odată ce discul e selectat, această comandă este folosită
9085 pentru a fi aplicată fiecărui disc din lista de discuri.
9086 Următorul disc din listă va primi marcaj. Dacă următorul
9087 disc este începutul enumerării, comanda va eșua și niciun disc
9088 nu va trebui să fie marcat.
9089
9090 Dacă nicio opțiune nu este specificată, comanda SELECT va lista discul
9091 care este marcat în prezent. Puteți vizualiza numerele de index pentru
9092 toate discurile din calculator folosind comanda LIST DISK.
9093
9094De exemplu:
9095
9096 SELECT DISK=1
9097 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
9098 SELECT DISK=NEXT
9099 SELECT DISK=PCIROOT(0)#PCI(0100)#ATA(C00T00L01)
9100.
9101Language=Russian
9102 Selects the specified disk and shifts the focus to it.
9103
9104Syntax: SELECT DISK=<N>
9105 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
9106 SELECT DISK=NEXT
9107 SELECT DISK=<Path>
9108
9109 DISK=<N>
9110 The DiskPart disk index number of the disk to receive
9111 focus.
9112
9113 DISK=<Path>
9114 The location path of the disk to receive focus.
9115
9116 DISK=SYSTEM
9117 On BIOS machines, BIOS disk 0 will receive focus.
9118 On EFI machines, the disk containing the ESP partition
9119 used for the current boot will receive focus. On EFI
9120 machines, if there is no ESP, or there is more than
9121 one ESP present, or the machine is booted from Windows PE,
9122 the command will fail.
9123
9124 DISK=NEXT
9125 Once a disk is selected, this command is used to iterate
9126 over all disks in the disk list. The next disk in the list
9127 will receive focus. If the next disk is the start of the
9128 enumeration, the command will fail and no disk will have
9129 focus.
9130
9131 If no options are specified, the select command lists the disk that
9132 currently has the focus. You can view the DiskPart index numbers
9133 for all disks on the computer by using the LIST DISK command.
9134
9135Example:
9136
9137 SELECT DISK=1
9138 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
9139 SELECT DISK=NEXT
9140 SELECT DISK=PCIROOT(0)#PCI(0100)#ATA(C00T00L01)
9141.
9142Language=Albanian
9143 Selects the specified disk and shifts the focus to it.
9144
9145Syntax: SELECT DISK=<N>
9146 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
9147 SELECT DISK=NEXT
9148 SELECT DISK=<Path>
9149
9150 DISK=<N>
9151 The DiskPart disk index number of the disk to receive
9152 focus.
9153
9154 DISK=<Path>
9155 The location path of the disk to receive focus.
9156
9157 DISK=SYSTEM
9158 On BIOS machines, BIOS disk 0 will receive focus.
9159 On EFI machines, the disk containing the ESP partition
9160 used for the current boot will receive focus. On EFI
9161 machines, if there is no ESP, or there is more than
9162 one ESP present, or the machine is booted from Windows PE,
9163 the command will fail.
9164
9165 DISK=NEXT
9166 Once a disk is selected, this command is used to iterate
9167 over all disks in the disk list. The next disk in the list
9168 will receive focus. If the next disk is the start of the
9169 enumeration, the command will fail and no disk will have
9170 focus.
9171
9172 If no options are specified, the select command lists the disk that
9173 currently has the focus. You can view the DiskPart index numbers
9174 for all disks on the computer by using the LIST DISK command.
9175
9176Example:
9177
9178 SELECT DISK=1
9179 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
9180 SELECT DISK=NEXT
9181 SELECT DISK=PCIROOT(0)#PCI(0100)#ATA(C00T00L01)
9182.
9183Language=Turkish
9184 Selects the specified disk and shifts the focus to it.
9185
9186Syntax: SELECT DISK=<N>
9187 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
9188 SELECT DISK=NEXT
9189 SELECT DISK=<Path>
9190
9191 DISK=<N>
9192 The DiskPart disk index number of the disk to receive
9193 focus.
9194
9195 DISK=<Path>
9196 The location path of the disk to receive focus.
9197
9198 DISK=SYSTEM
9199 On BIOS machines, BIOS disk 0 will receive focus.
9200 On EFI machines, the disk containing the ESP partition
9201 used for the current boot will receive focus. On EFI
9202 machines, if there is no ESP, or there is more than
9203 one ESP present, or the machine is booted from Windows PE,
9204 the command will fail.
9205
9206 DISK=NEXT
9207 Once a disk is selected, this command is used to iterate
9208 over all disks in the disk list. The next disk in the list
9209 will receive focus. If the next disk is the start of the
9210 enumeration, the command will fail and no disk will have
9211 focus.
9212
9213 If no options are specified, the select command lists the disk that
9214 currently has the focus. You can view the DiskPart index numbers
9215 for all disks on the computer by using the LIST DISK command.
9216
9217Example:
9218
9219 SELECT DISK=1
9220 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
9221 SELECT DISK=NEXT
9222 SELECT DISK=PCIROOT(0)#PCI(0100)#ATA(C00T00L01)
9223.
9224Language=Chinese
9225 Selects the specified disk and shifts the focus to it.
9226
9227Syntax: SELECT DISK=<N>
9228 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
9229 SELECT DISK=NEXT
9230 SELECT DISK=<Path>
9231
9232 DISK=<N>
9233 The DiskPart disk index number of the disk to receive
9234 focus.
9235
9236 DISK=<Path>
9237 The location path of the disk to receive focus.
9238
9239 DISK=SYSTEM
9240 On BIOS machines, BIOS disk 0 will receive focus.
9241 On EFI machines, the disk containing the ESP partition
9242 used for the current boot will receive focus. On EFI
9243 machines, if there is no ESP, or there is more than
9244 one ESP present, or the machine is booted from Windows PE,
9245 the command will fail.
9246
9247 DISK=NEXT
9248 Once a disk is selected, this command is used to iterate
9249 over all disks in the disk list. The next disk in the list
9250 will receive focus. If the next disk is the start of the
9251 enumeration, the command will fail and no disk will have
9252 focus.
9253
9254 If no options are specified, the select command lists the disk that
9255 currently has the focus. You can view the DiskPart index numbers
9256 for all disks on the computer by using the LIST DISK command.
9257
9258Example:
9259
9260 SELECT DISK=1
9261 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
9262 SELECT DISK=NEXT
9263 SELECT DISK=PCIROOT(0)#PCI(0100)#ATA(C00T00L01)
9264.
9265Language=Taiwanese
9266 選擇指定的磁碟，並將焦點轉移到該磁碟。
9267
9268語法: SELECT DISK=<N>
9269 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
9270 SELECT DISK=NEXT
9271 SELECT DISK=<Path>
9272
9273 DISK=<N>
9274 要接收焦點之磁碟的磁碟號碼。
9275
9276 DISK=<Path>
9277 要接收焦點之磁碟的位置的路徑。
9278
9279 DISK=SYSTEM
9280 在使用 BIOS 的電腦中，BIOS 磁碟 0 會接收焦點。
9281 在使用 EFI 的電腦中，包含用於目前啟動程序的 ESP 分區的
9282 磁碟會接收焦點。如果在使用 EFI 的電腦中沒有 ESP 分區、
9283 有多於一個 ESP 分區，或者電腦是從 Windows PE 啟動，
9284 命令將會失敗。
9285
9286 DISK=NEXT
9287 在選擇磁碟後，這個命令是用以逐一查看磁碟清單中的
9288 所有磁碟。清單中的下一個磁碟將會接收焦點。
9289 如果下一個磁碟是列舉的開頭，命令將會失敗，且沒有任何
9290 磁碟會有焦點。
9291
9292 如果未指定任何選項，Select 命令會列出目前聚焦中的磁碟。
9293 您可以使用 LIST DISK 命令，檢視電腦上所有磁碟的 DiskPart 索引號碼。
9294
9295範例:
9296
9297 SELECT DISK=1
9298 SELECT DISK=SYSTEM
9299 SELECT DISK=NEXT
9300 SELECT DISK=PCIROOT(0)#PCI(0100)#ATA(C00T00L01)
9301.
9302
9303
9304MessageId=10048
9305SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_SELECT_PARTITION
9306Severity=Informational
9307Facility=System
9308Language=English
9309 Selects the specified partition and shifts the focus to it.
9310
9311Syntax: SELECT PARTITION=<N>
9312
9313 PARTITION=<N>
9314
9315 The number of the partition to receive the focus.
9316
9317 If no partition is specified, the select command lists the current
9318 partition with focus. You can specify the partition by its number. You can
9319 view the numbers of all partitions on the current disk by using the list
9320 partition command.
9321
9322 You must first select a disk using the DiskPart select disk command before
9323 you can select a partition.
9324
9325Example:
9326
9327 SELECT PARTITION=1
9328.
9329Language=German
9330 Wählt die angegebene Partition aus und setzt den Fokus auf diese
9331 Partition.
9332
9333Syntax: SELECT PARTITION=<N>
9334
9335 PARTITION=<N>
9336
9337 Die Nummer der Partition, die den Fokus erhalten soll.
9338
9339 Wenn keine Partition angegeben ist, listet der Befehl SELECT die
9340 aktuelle Partition auf, die den Fokus hat. Sie können die Partition
9341 mit ihrer Nummer angeben. Mit dem Befehl LIST PARTITION können die
9342 Nummern aller auf dem aktuellen Datenträger enthaltenen Partitionen
9343 angezeigt werden.
9344
9345 Bevor Sie eine Partition auswählen können, müssen Sie zunächst mit dem
9346 DiskPart-Befehl SELECT DISK einen Datenträger auswählen.
9347
9348Beispiel:
9349
9350 SELECT PARTITION=1
9351.
9352Language=Polish
9353 Wybiera określoną partycję i przenosi na nią fokus.
9354
9355Składnia: SELECT PARTITION=<N>
9356
9357 PARTITION=<N>
9358
9359 Numer partycji, na której ma zostać ustawiony fokus.
9360
9361 Jeśli żadna partycja nie jest określona, polecenie SELECT wyświetla
9362 partycję, na której obecnie jest ustawiony fokus. Partycję można
9363 określić, podając jej numer. Wszystkie numery partycji na bieżącym dysku
9364 można wyświetlić za pomocą polecenia LIST PARTITION.
9365
9366 Przed wybraniem partycji należy wybrać dysk przy użyciu polecenia
9367 SELECT DISK programu DiskPart.
9368
9369Przykład:
9370
9371 SELECT PARTITION=1
9372.
9373Language=Portugese
9374 Selects the specified partition and shifts the focus to it.
9375
9376Syntax: SELECT PARTITION=<N>
9377
9378 PARTITION=<N>
9379
9380 The number of the partition to receive the focus.
9381
9382 If no partition is specified, the select command lists the current
9383 partition with focus. You can specify the partition by its number. You can
9384 view the numbers of all partitions on the current disk by using the list
9385 partition command.
9386
9387 You must first select a disk using the DiskPart select disk command before
9388 you can select a partition.
9389
9390Example:
9391
9392 SELECT PARTITION=1
9393.
9394Language=Romanian
9395 Selectează partiția specificată și mută marcajul pe ea.
9396
9397Sintaxă: SELECT PARTITION=<N>
9398
9399 PARTITION=<N>
9400
9401 Numărul partiției ce urmează să primească marcajul.
9402
9403 Dacă nicio partiție nu este specificată, comanda SELECT va lista partiția
9404 marcată în prezent. Puteți specifica partiția prin numărul său. Puteți
9405 vizualiza numerele tuturor partițiilor de pe discul actual folosind
9406 comanda LIST PARTITION.
9407
9408De exemplu:
9409
9410 SELECT PARTITION=1
9411.
9412Language=Russian
9413 Selects the specified partition and shifts the focus to it.
9414
9415Syntax: SELECT PARTITION=<N>
9416
9417 PARTITION=<N>
9418
9419 The number of the partition to receive the focus.
9420
9421 If no partition is specified, the select command lists the current
9422 partition with focus. You can specify the partition by its number. You can
9423 view the numbers of all partitions on the current disk by using the list
9424 partition command.
9425
9426 You must first select a disk using the DiskPart select disk command before
9427 you can select a partition.
9428
9429Example:
9430
9431 SELECT PARTITION=1
9432.
9433Language=Albanian
9434 Selects the specified partition and shifts the focus to it.
9435
9436Syntax: SELECT PARTITION=<N>
9437
9438 PARTITION=<N>
9439
9440 The number of the partition to receive the focus.
9441
9442 If no partition is specified, the select command lists the current
9443 partition with focus. You can specify the partition by its number. You can
9444 view the numbers of all partitions on the current disk by using the list
9445 partition command.
9446
9447 You must first select a disk using the DiskPart select disk command before
9448 you can select a partition.
9449
9450Example:
9451
9452 SELECT PARTITION=1
9453.
9454Language=Turkish
9455 Selects the specified partition and shifts the focus to it.
9456
9457Syntax: SELECT PARTITION=<N>
9458
9459 PARTITION=<N>
9460
9461 The number of the partition to receive the focus.
9462
9463 If no partition is specified, the select command lists the current
9464 partition with focus. You can specify the partition by its number. You can
9465 view the numbers of all partitions on the current disk by using the list
9466 partition command.
9467
9468 You must first select a disk using the DiskPart select disk command before
9469 you can select a partition.
9470
9471Example:
9472
9473 SELECT PARTITION=1
9474.
9475Language=Chinese
9476 Selects the specified partition and shifts the focus to it.
9477
9478Syntax: SELECT PARTITION=<N>
9479
9480 PARTITION=<N>
9481
9482 The number of the partition to receive the focus.
9483
9484 If no partition is specified, the select command lists the current
9485 partition with focus. You can specify the partition by its number. You can
9486 view the numbers of all partitions on the current disk by using the list
9487 partition command.
9488
9489 You must first select a disk using the DiskPart select disk command before
9490 you can select a partition.
9491
9492Example:
9493
9494 SELECT PARTITION=1
9495.
9496Language=Taiwanese
9497 選取指定的磁碟分割，並將焦點轉移到該磁碟分割。
9498
9499語法: SELECT PARTITION=<N>
9500
9501 PARTITION=<N>
9502
9503 要接收焦點之磁碟分割的磁碟分割號碼。
9504
9505 如果未指定任何選項，Select 命令會列出目前聚焦中的磁碟分割。
9506 您可以使用磁碟分割的號碼來指定它。您可以使用 list partition 命令
9507 來檢視目前磁碟上之所有磁碟分割的號碼。
9508
9509 在選擇磁碟分割之前，您必須先使用 DiskPart 的 select disk 命令
9510 來選擇磁碟。
9511
9512範例:
9513
9514 SELECT PARTITION=1
9515.
9516
9517
9518MessageId=10049
9519SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_SELECT_VOLUME
9520Severity=Informational
9521Facility=System
9522Language=English
9523 Selects the specified volume and shifts the focus to it.
9524
9525Syntax: SELECT VOLUME={<N> | <D>}
9526
9527 VOLUME=<N> The number of the volume to receive the focus.
9528
9529 VOLUME=<D> The drive letter or mounted folder path of the volume
9530 to receive the focus.
9531
9532 If no volume is specified, the select command lists the current volume with
9533 focus. You can specify the volume by number, drive letter, or mounted folder
9534 path. On a basic disk, selecting a volume also gives the corresponding
9535 partition focus. You can view the numbers of all volumes on the computer by
9536 using the list volume command.
9537
9538Example:
9539
9540 SELECT VOLUME=1
9541 SELECT VOLUME=C
9542 SELECT VOLUME=C:\\MountH
9543.
9544Language=German
9545 Wählt das angegebene Volume aus und setzt den Fokus auf dieses Volume.
9546
9547Syntax: SELECT VOLUME={<N> | <L>}
9548
9549 VOLUME=<N> Die Nummer des Volumes, das den Fokus erhalten soll.
9550
9551 VOLUME=<L> Der Laufwerkbuchstabe oder Pfad des eingebundenen Ordners des
9552 Volumes, das den Fokus erhalten soll.
9553
9554 Wenn kein Volume angegeben ist, listet der Befehl SELECT das aktuelle
9555 Volume auf, das den Fokus besitzt. Sie können das Volume mit einer Nummer,
9556 einem Laufwerkbuchstaben oder dem Pfad des eingebundenen
9557 Ordners angeben.
9558 Auf einem Basisdatenträger erhält bei Auswahl eines Volumes auch die
9559 entsprechende Partition den Fokus. Mit dem Befehl LIST VOLUME können Sie
9560 die Nummern aller auf dem Computer vorhandenen Volumes anzeigen.
9561
9562Beispiel:
9563
9564 SELECT VOLUME=1
9565 SELECT VOLUME=C
9566 SELECT VOLUME=C:\\MountH
9567.
9568Language=Polish
9569 Wybiera określony wolumin i ustawia na nim fokus.
9570
9571Składnia: SELECT VOLUME={<N> | <D>}
9572
9573 VOLUME=<N> Numer woluminu, na którym ma zostać ustawiony fokus.
9574
9575 VOLUME=<D> Litera dysku lub ścieżka zainstalowanego folderu woluminu,
9576 na którym ma zostać ustawiony fokus.
9577
9578 Jeśli żaden wolumin nie jest określony, polecenie SELECT wyświetla
9579 wolumin, na którym obecnie jest ustawiony fokus. Wolumin można określić,
9580 podając jego numer, literę dysku lub ścieżkę zainstalowanego woluminu.
9581 Na dysku podstawowym fokus jest ustawiany również na partycji
9582 odpowiadającej woluminowi. Numery wszystkich woluminów na komputerze można
9583 wyświetlić przy użyciu polecenia LIST VOLUME.
9584
9585Przykład:
9586
9587 SELECT VOLUME=1
9588 SELECT VOLUME=C
9589 SELECT VOLUME=C:\\MountH
9590.
9591Language=Portugese
9592 Selects the specified volume and shifts the focus to it.
9593
9594Syntax: SELECT VOLUME={<N> | <D>}
9595
9596 VOLUME=<N> The number of the volume to receive the focus.
9597
9598 VOLUME=<D> The drive letter or mounted folder path of the volume
9599 to receive the focus.
9600
9601 If no volume is specified, the select command lists the current volume with
9602 focus. You can specify the volume by number, drive letter, or mounted folder
9603 path. On a basic disk, selecting a volume also gives the corresponding
9604 partition focus. You can view the numbers of all volumes on the computer by
9605 using the list volume command.
9606
9607Example:
9608
9609 SELECT VOLUME=1
9610 SELECT VOLUME=C
9611 SELECT VOLUME=C:\\MountH
9612.
9613Language=Romanian
9614 Selectează volumul specificat și mută marcajul pe el.
9615
9616Sintaxă: SELECT VOLUME={<N> | <D>}
9617
9618 VOLUME=<N> Numărul volumului care urmează să primească marcajul.
9619
9620 VOLUME=<D> Litera discului sau calea folderului montat al volumului
9621 ce urmează să primească marcajul.
9622
9623 Dacă niciun volum nu e specificat, comanda SELECT listează volumul actual
9624 cu marcaj. Puteți specifica volumul după număr, după litera discului sau
9625 după calea folderului montat. Pe un disc de bază, selectarea unui volum
9626 oferă de asemenea, marcajul corespunzător pe partiție. Puteți
9627 vizualiza numărul tuturor volumelor din calculator folosind comanda
9628 LIST VOLUME.
9629
9630De exemplu:
9631
9632 SELECT VOLUME=1
9633 SELECT VOLUME=C
9634 SELECT VOLUME=C:\\MountH
9635.
9636Language=Russian
9637 Selects the specified volume and shifts the focus to it.
9638
9639Syntax: SELECT VOLUME={<N> | <D>}
9640
9641 VOLUME=<N> The number of the volume to receive the focus.
9642
9643 VOLUME=<D> The drive letter or mounted folder path of the volume
9644 to receive the focus.
9645
9646 If no volume is specified, the select command lists the current volume with
9647 focus. You can specify the volume by number, drive letter, or mounted folder
9648 path. On a basic disk, selecting a volume also gives the corresponding
9649 partition focus. You can view the numbers of all volumes on the computer by
9650 using the list volume command.
9651
9652Example:
9653
9654 SELECT VOLUME=1
9655 SELECT VOLUME=C
9656 SELECT VOLUME=C:\\MountH
9657.
9658Language=Albanian
9659 Selects the specified volume and shifts the focus to it.
9660
9661Syntax: SELECT VOLUME={<N> | <D>}
9662
9663 VOLUME=<N> The number of the volume to receive the focus.
9664
9665 VOLUME=<D> The drive letter or mounted folder path of the volume
9666 to receive the focus.
9667
9668 If no volume is specified, the select command lists the current volume with
9669 focus. You can specify the volume by number, drive letter, or mounted folder
9670 path. On a basic disk, selecting a volume also gives the corresponding
9671 partition focus. You can view the numbers of all volumes on the computer by
9672 using the list volume command.
9673
9674Example:
9675
9676 SELECT VOLUME=1
9677 SELECT VOLUME=C
9678 SELECT VOLUME=C:\\MountH
9679.
9680Language=Turkish
9681 Selects the specified volume and shifts the focus to it.
9682
9683Syntax: SELECT VOLUME={<N> | <D>}
9684
9685 VOLUME=<N> The number of the volume to receive the focus.
9686
9687 VOLUME=<D> The drive letter or mounted folder path of the volume
9688 to receive the focus.
9689
9690 If no volume is specified, the select command lists the current volume with
9691 focus. You can specify the volume by number, drive letter, or mounted folder
9692 path. On a basic disk, selecting a volume also gives the corresponding
9693 partition focus. You can view the numbers of all volumes on the computer by
9694 using the list volume command.
9695
9696Example:
9697
9698 SELECT VOLUME=1
9699 SELECT VOLUME=C
9700 SELECT VOLUME=C:\\MountH
9701.
9702Language=Chinese
9703 Selects the specified volume and shifts the focus to it.
9704
9705Syntax: SELECT VOLUME={<N> | <D>}
9706
9707 VOLUME=<N> The number of the volume to receive the focus.
9708
9709 VOLUME=<D> The drive letter or mounted folder path of the volume
9710 to receive the focus.
9711
9712 If no volume is specified, the select command lists the current volume with
9713 focus. You can specify the volume by number, drive letter, or mounted folder
9714 path. On a basic disk, selecting a volume also gives the corresponding
9715 partition focus. You can view the numbers of all volumes on the computer by
9716 using the list volume command.
9717
9718Example:
9719
9720 SELECT VOLUME=1
9721 SELECT VOLUME=C
9722 SELECT VOLUME=C:\\MountH
9723.
9724Language=Taiwanese
9725 選取指定的磁碟區，並將焦點移到該磁碟區。
9726
9727語法: SELECT VOLUME={<N> | <D>}
9728
9729 VOLUME=<N> 要接收焦點的磁碟區編號。
9730
9731 VOLUME=<D> 要接收焦點的磁碟區代號或掛接點路徑。
9732
9733 如果沒有指定磁碟區，select 命令將列出目前聚焦中的磁碟區。您可以根據編號、
9734 磁碟機代號或掛接點路徑指定磁碟區。在基本磁碟中，選擇磁碟區同時也會給予
9735 相對的磁碟分割焦點。您可以使用 list volume 命令以檢視所有電腦中磁碟區的
9736 編號。
9737
9738範例:
9739
9740 SELECT VOLUME=1
9741 SELECT VOLUME=C
9742 SELECT VOLUME=C:\\MountH
9743.
9744
9745
9746MessageId=10050
9747SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_SELECT_VDISK
9748Severity=Informational
9749Facility=System
9750Language=English
9751<Add SELECT VDISK command help text here>
9752.
9753Language=German
9754<Add SELECT VDISK command help text here>
9755.
9756Language=Polish
9757<Add SELECT VDISK command help text here>
9758.
9759Language=Portugese
9760<Add SELECT VDISK command help text here>
9761.
9762Language=Romanian
9763<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda SELECT VDISK>
9764.
9765Language=Russian
9766<Add SELECT VDISK command help text here>
9767.
9768Language=Albanian
9769<Add SELECT VDISK command help text here>
9770.
9771Language=Turkish
9772<Add SELECT VDISK command help text here>
9773.
9774Language=Chinese
9775<Add SELECT VDISK command help text here>
9776.
9777Language=Taiwanese
9778<Add SELECT VDISK command help text here>
9779.
9780
9781
9782MessageId=10051
9783SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_SETID
9784Severity=Informational
9785Facility=System
9786Language=English
9787 Changes the partition type field for the partition with focus.
9788
9789Syntax: SET ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>} [OVERRIDE] [NOERR]
9790
9791 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
9792
9793 Specifies the new partition type.
9794 For master boot record (MBR) disks, you can specify a partition
9795 type byte, in hexadecimal form, for the partition. Any
9796 partition type byte can be specified with this parameter except
9797 for type 0x42 (LDM partition). Note that the leading '0x' is
9798 omitted when specifying the hexadecimal partition type.
9799
9800 For GUID partition table (GPT) disks you can specify a
9801 partition type GUID for the partition. Recognized GUIDs
9802 include:
9803
9804 EFI System partition:
9805 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
9806
9807 Basic data partition:
9808 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
9809
9810 Any partition type GUID can be specified with this parameter
9811 except for the following:
9812
9813 Microsoft Reserved partition:
9814 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215a
9815
9816 LDM Metadata partition on a dynamic disk:
9817 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
9818
9819 LDM Data partition on a dynamic disk:
9820 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
9821
9822 Cluster Metadata partition:
9823 db97dba9-0840-4bae-97f0-ffb9a327c7e1
9824
9825
9826 Other than the limitations mentioned, DiskPart otherwise does
9827 not check the partition type for validity except to ensure that
9828 it is a byte in hexadecimal form or a GUID.
9829
9830 OVERRIDE Enables DiskPart to force the file system on the volume to
9831 dismount before changing the partition type. When changing
9832 the partition type, DiskPart will attempt to lock and dismount
9833 the file system on the volume. If this parameter is not specified,
9834 and the call to lock the file system fails, (because some other
9835 application has an open handle to the volume), the entire
9836 operation will fail. When this parameter is specified, the
9837 dismount is forced even if the call to lock the file system
9838 fails. When a file system is dismounted, all opened handles to
9839 the volume will become invalid.
9840
9841 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
9842 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
9843 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
9844 with an error code.
9845
9846 Intended for Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) use only.
9847
9848 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
9849
9850 Caution:
9851
9852 Changing partition type fields with this parameter might cause your
9853 computer to fail or be unable to start up. Unless you are an OEM or an
9854 IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do not change partition
9855 type fields on GPT disks using this parameter. Instead, always use the
9856 CREATE PARTITION EFI command to create EFI System partitions, the
9857 CREATE PARTITION MSR command to create Microsoft Reserved partitions,
9858 and the CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY command without the ID parameter to
9859 create primary partitions on GPT disks.
9860
9861 This command does not work on dynamic disks nor on Microsoft Reserved
9862 partitions.
9863
9864Example:
9865 SET ID=07 OVERRIDE
9866 SET ID=ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
9867.
9868Language=German
9869
9870 Ändert das Partitionstypfeld für die Partition im Fokus.
9871
9872Syntax: SET ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>} [OVERRIDE] [NOERR]
9873
9874 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
9875
9876 Gibt den neuen Partitionstyp an.
9877
9878 Für MBR-Datenträger (Master Boot Record) können Sie ein
9879 Partitionstypbyte im Hexadezimalformat angeben. Mit
9880 diesem Parameter können Sie jedes Partitionstypbyte angeben,
9881 außer Typ "0x42" (LDM-Partition). Das voranstehende "0x" wird
9882 bei Angabe des hexadezimalen Partitionstyps ausgelassen.
9883
9884 Für GPT-Datenträger (GPT = GUID-Partitionstabelle) können
9885 Sie einen Partitionstyp-GUID für die zu erstellende Partition
9886 angeben: Zu den erkannten GUIDs gehören:
9887
9888 EFI-Systempartition:
9889 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
9890
9891 Basisdatenpartition:
9892 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
9893
9894 Mit diesem Parameter kann jeder Partitionstyp-GUID
9895 angegeben werden, mit Ausnahme der folgenden:
9896
9897 MSR-Partition (Microsoft Reserved):
9898 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215ae
9899
9900 LDM-Metadatenpartition auf einem dynamischen Datenträger:
9901 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
9902
9903 LDM-Datenpartition auf einem dynamischen Datenträger:
9904 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
9905
9906 Clustermetadaten-Partition:
9907 db97dba9-0840-4bae-97f0-ffb9a327c7e1
9908
9909
9910 Abgesehen von den erwähnten Einschränkungen überprüft
9911 DiskPart die Gültigkeit des Partitionstyps nicht. Es wird
9912 lediglich sichergestellt, dass es sich um ein Byte im Hexadezi-
9913 malformat oder um einen GUID handelt
9914
9915 OVERRIDE Ermöglicht DiskPart die Aufhebung der Bereitstellung
9916 des Dateisystems auf dem Volume zu erzwingen, bevor der
9917 Partitionstyp geändert wird. Beim Ändern des Partitionstyps
9918 wird das Dateisystem auf dem Volume gesperrt und dessen
9919 Bereitstellung aufgehoben. Wird dieser Parameter nicht an-
9920 gegeben und schlägt der Aufruf zum Sperren des Dateisys-
9921 tems fehl (da einige andere Anwendungen über ein geöffne-
9922 tes Handle für das Volume verfügen), schlägt der gesamte
9923 Vorgang fehl. Bei Angabe dieses Parameters wird die Auf-
9924 hebung der Bereitstellung auch dann erzwungen, wenn der
9925 Aufruf des Dateisystems fehlschlägt. Wird die Bereitstellung
9926 eines Dateisystems aufgehoben, werden alle geöffneten
9927 Handles für das Volume ungültig.
9928
9929 NOERR Nur für Skripting. Bei einem Fehler wird die Verarbeitung von
9930 Befehlen fortgesetzt, als sei der Fehler nicht aufgetreten.
9931 Ohne NOERR-Parameter wird DiskPart bei einem Fehler mit
9932 dem entsprechenden Fehlercode beendet.
9933
9934 Ist nur für die Verwendung durch Originalgerätehersteller
9935 (OEM, Original Equipment Manufacturer) vorgesehen.
9936
9937 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss
9938 eine Partition ausgewählt sein.
9939
9940 Vorsicht:
9941
9942 Das Ändern von Partitionstypfeldern mit diesem Parameter kann
9943 dazu führen, dass der Computer nicht mehr ordnungsgemäß
9944 funktioniert oder nicht mehr gestartet werden kann. Sofern Sie
9945 kein Originalgerätehersteller oder IT-Fachmann sind, der mit GPT-
9946 Datenträgern vertraut ist, sollten Sie keine Partitionstypfelder auf
9947 GPT-Datenträgern mit diesem Parameter ändern. Verwenden Sie
9948 stattdessen immer den Befehl "CREATE PARTITION EFI" zum
9949 Erstellen von EFI-Systempartitionen, den Befehl "CREATE
9950 PARTITION MSR" zum Erstellen von MSR-Partitionen und den
9951 Befehl "CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY" (ohne diesen Parameter)
9952 zum Erstellen von primären Partitionen auf GPT-Datenträgern.
9953
9954 Dieser Befehl funktioniert weder auf dynamischen Datenträgern noch
9955 auf MSR-Partitionen (Microsoft Reserved).
9956
9957Beispiel:
9958
9959 SET ID=07 OVERRIDE
9960 SET ID=ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
9961.
9962Language=Polish
9963 Zmienia zawartość pola typu partycji dla partycji, na której ustawiony
9964 jest fokus.
9965
9966Składnia: SET ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>} [OVERRIDE] [NOERR]
9967
9968 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
9969
9970 Określa nowy typ partycji.
9971 W przypadku dysków z głównym rekordem rozruchowym (MBR)
9972 można określić bajt typu partycji w formie szesnastkowej.
9973 Za pomocą tego parametru można określić dowolny bajt typu
9974 partycji z wyjątkiem typu 0x42 (partycja LDM). W przypadku
9975 określania szesnastkowego typu partycji znaki '0x'
9976 na początku są pomijane.
9977
9978 W przypadku dysków z tablicą partycji GUID (GPT) można
9979 określić identyfikator GUID typu partycji. Rozpoznawane
9980 identyfikatory GUID są następujące:
9981
9982 Partycja systemowa EFI:
9983 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
9984
9985 Podstawowa partycja danych:
9986 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
9987
9988 Za pomocą tego parametru można określić dowolny identyfikator
9989 GUID typu partycji z wyjątkiem następujących:
9990
9991 Partycja zastrzeżona firmy Microsoft:
9992 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215a
9993
9994 Partycja metadanych LDM na dysku dynamicznym:
9995 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
9996
9997 Partycja danych LDM na dysku dynamicznym:
9998 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
9999
10000 Partycja metadanych klastra:
10001 db97dba9-0840-4bae-97f0-ffb9a327c7e1
10002
10003
10004 Oprócz wspomnianych ograniczeń program DiskPart nie sprawdza
10005 poprawności typu partycji. Sprawdza jedynie, czy podana
10006 wartość ma postać szesnastkową lub jest identyfikatorem GUID.
10007
10008 OVERRIDE Powoduje, że przed zmianą typu partycji program DiskPart
10009 wymusza odinstalowanie systemu plików w woluminie. Podczas
10010 zmiany typu partycji program DiskPart podejmie próbę
10011 zablokowania i odinstalowania systemu plików w woluminie.
10012 Jeśli nie określono tego parametru, a wywołanie w celu
10013 zablokowania systemu plików nie powiedzie się (ponieważ inna
10014 aplikacja korzysta z otwartego dojścia do woluminu), cała
10015 operacja zakończy się niepowodzeniem. Jeśli określono ten
10016 parametr, odinstalowanie jest wymuszane nawet wtedy,
10017 gdy wywołanie w celu zablokowania systemu plików nie
10018 powiedzie się. Po odinstalowaniu systemu plików wszystkie
10019 otwarte dojścia do woluminu staną się nieprawidłowe.
10020
10021 NOERR Tylko do obsługi skryptów. Po wystąpieniu błędu program
10022 DiskPart kontynuuje przetwarzanie poleceń, tak jakby błąd.
10023 nie wystąpił. W przypadku braku parametru NOERR błąd
10024 powoduje zakończenie działania programu DiskPart
10025 i zwrócenie kodu błędu.
10026
10027 Polecenie przeznaczone tylko do użytku przez producentów oryginalnego
10028 sprzętu (OEM).
10029
10030 Aby ta operacja się powiodła, musi być wybrana partycja.
10031
10032 Uwaga:
10033
10034 Zmiana pól typu partycji z tym parametrem może sprawić, że komputer
10035 ulegnie awarii lub nie będzie można go uruchomić. Jeśli użytkownik
10036 nie jest producentem OEM ani informatykiem dysponującym
10037 doświadczeniem w zakresie dysków GPT, nie powinien zmieniać pól typu
10038 partycji na dyskach GPT przy użyciu tego parametru. Zamiast tego
10039 należy zawsze używać polecenia CREATE PARTITION EFI do tworzenia
10040 partycji systemowych EFI, polecenia CREATE PARTITION MSR
10041 do tworzenia partycji zastrzeżonej firmy Microsoft oraz polecenia
10042 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY bez parametru ID do tworzenia partycji
10043 podstawowych na dyskach GPT.
10044
10045 To polecenie nie działa na dyskach dynamicznych ani na partycjach
10046 zastrzeżonych firmy Microsoft.
10047
10048Przykłady:
10049 SET ID=07 OVERRIDE
10050 SET ID=ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
10051.
10052Language=Portugese
10053 Changes the partition type field for the partition with focus.
10054
10055Syntax: SET ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>} [OVERRIDE] [NOERR]
10056
10057 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
10058
10059 Specifies the new partition type.
10060 For master boot record (MBR) disks, you can specify a partition
10061 type byte, in hexadecimal form, for the partition. Any
10062 partition type byte can be specified with this parameter except
10063 for type 0x42 (LDM partition). Note that the leading '0x' is
10064 omitted when specifying the hexadecimal partition type.
10065
10066 For GUID partition table (GPT) disks you can specify a
10067 partition type GUID for the partition. Recognized GUIDs
10068 include:
10069
10070 EFI System partition:
10071 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
10072
10073 Basic data partition:
10074 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
10075
10076 Any partition type GUID can be specified with this parameter
10077 except for the following:
10078
10079 Microsoft Reserved partition:
10080 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215a
10081
10082 LDM Metadata partition on a dynamic disk:
10083 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
10084
10085 LDM Data partition on a dynamic disk:
10086 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
10087
10088 Cluster Metadata partition:
10089 db97dba9-0840-4bae-97f0-ffb9a327c7e1
10090
10091
10092 Other than the limitations mentioned, DiskPart otherwise does
10093 not check the partition type for validity except to ensure that
10094 it is a byte in hexadecimal form or a GUID.
10095
10096 OVERRIDE Enables DiskPart to force the file system on the volume to
10097 dismount before changing the partition type. When changing
10098 the partition type, DiskPart will attempt to lock and dismount
10099 the file system on the volume. If this parameter is not specified,
10100 and the call to lock the file system fails, (because some other
10101 application has an open handle to the volume), the entire
10102 operation will fail. When this parameter is specified, the
10103 dismount is forced even if the call to lock the file system
10104 fails. When a file system is dismounted, all opened handles to
10105 the volume will become invalid.
10106
10107 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
10108 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
10109 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
10110 with an error code.
10111
10112 Intended for Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) use only.
10113
10114 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
10115
10116 Caution:
10117
10118 Changing partition type fields with this parameter might cause your
10119 computer to fail or be unable to start up. Unless you are an OEM or an
10120 IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do not change partition
10121 type fields on GPT disks using this parameter. Instead, always use the
10122 CREATE PARTITION EFI command to create EFI System partitions, the
10123 CREATE PARTITION MSR command to create Microsoft Reserved partitions,
10124 and the CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY command without the ID parameter to
10125 create primary partitions on GPT disks.
10126
10127 This command does not work on dynamic disks nor on Microsoft Reserved
10128 partitions.
10129
10130Example:
10131 SET ID=07 OVERRIDE
10132 SET ID=ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
10133.
10134Language=Romanian
10135 Schimbă registrul tipului partiției pentru partiția în cauză.
10136
10137Sintaxă: SET ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>} [OVERRIDE] [NOERR]
10138
10139 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
10140
10141 Specifică noul tip al partiției.
10142 Pentru discurile cu Registrul principal de inițializare (MBR),
10143 puteți speciifica puteți specifica un octet, în format
10144 hexazecimal, pentru un tip de partiție. Orice octet care
10145 descrie tipul de partiție poate fi specificată cu acest
10146 parametru, exceptând pentru tipul 0x42 (partiție LDM). Rețineți
10147 că primul '0x' când este specificat în hexazecimal un tip de
10148 partiție.
10149
10150 Pentru discurile cu tabelul de partiție GUID (GPT) puteți
10151 specifica un tip de partiție GUID pentru partiția pe care vreți
10152 să o creați. GUID-urile recunoscute includ:
10153
10154 Partiția de sistem EFI:
10155 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
10156
10157 Partiția de bază pentru date:
10158 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
10159
10160 Orice partiție de tip GUID poate fi specificată cu acest
10161 parametru exceptând următoarele:
10162
10163 Partiția rezervată Microsoft:
10164 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215a
10165
10166 Partiția de metadate LDM pe un disc dinamic:
10167 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
10168
10169 Partiția de date LDM pe un disc dinamic:
10170 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
10171
10172 Partiția de metadate a grupului:
10173 db97dba9-0840-4bae-97f0-ffb9a327c7e1
10174
10175
10176 În afară de limitările menționate, DiskPart nu verifică
10177 valabilitatea tipului de partiție decât pentru a se asigura că
10178 este un octet în formă hexazecimală sau un GUID.
10179
10180 OVERRIDE Activează DiskPart pentru a forța sistemul de fișiere pe volum
10181 să demonteze tipul de partiție înainte de a-l schimba. Când se
10182 schimbă tipul de partiție, DiskPart va încerca să blocheze și
10183 să demonteze sistemul de fișiere pe volum. Dacă acest parametru
10184 nu este specificat și apelarea blocării sistemului de fișiere
10185 eșuează, (deoarece alte câteva aplicații au un identificator
10186 de gestiune deschis pentru volum), întreaga operațiune va eșua.
10187 Când acest parametru este specificat, demontarea e forțată
10188 chiar dacă apelarea blocării sistemului de fișiere eșuează.
10189 Când un sistem de fișiere e demontat, toate identificatoarele
10190 de gestiune deschise ale volumului vor deveni nevalide.
10191
10192 NOERR Doar pentru scriere de fișiere script. Când apare o eroare,
10193 programul DiskPart continuă să proceseze comenzi ca și când
10194 eroarea nu ar fi apărut. Fără parametrul NOERR, o eroare
10195 cauzează programul DiskPart să se închidă cu un cod de eroare.
10196
10197 Destinat numai pentru utilizarea producătorilor de echipamente originale
10198 (OEM).
10199
10200 O partiție trebuie selectată pentru ca acestă operațiune să reușească.
10201
10202 Atenție:
10203
10204 Crearea de partiții cu acest parametru poate cauza calculatorului
10205 dumneavoastră să eșueaze sau să nu mai poată porni. Dacă nu sunteți un
10206 OEM sau un profesionist cu experiență în discuri GPT, nu creați
10207 partiții pe discuri GPT folosind acest parametru. În schimb, folosiți
10208 întotdeauna comanda CREATE PARTITION EFI ca să creați partiții de
10209 sistem EFI, comanda CREATE PARTITION MSR ca să creați partiții
10210 rezervate Microsoft, și comanda CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY fără acest
10211 parametru ca să creați partiții primare pe discuri GPT.
10212
10213 Această comandă nu funcționează nici pe discuri dinamice, nici pe
10214 Partiții rezervate Microsoft.
10215
10216De exemplu:
10217 SET ID=07 OVERRIDE
10218 SET ID=ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
10219.
10220Language=Russian
10221 Changes the partition type field for the partition with focus.
10222
10223Syntax: SET ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>} [OVERRIDE] [NOERR]
10224
10225 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
10226
10227 Specifies the new partition type.
10228 For master boot record (MBR) disks, you can specify a partition
10229 type byte, in hexadecimal form, for the partition. Any
10230 partition type byte can be specified with this parameter except
10231 for type 0x42 (LDM partition). Note that the leading '0x' is
10232 omitted when specifying the hexadecimal partition type.
10233
10234 For GUID partition table (GPT) disks you can specify a
10235 partition type GUID for the partition. Recognized GUIDs
10236 include:
10237
10238 EFI System partition:
10239 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
10240
10241 Basic data partition:
10242 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
10243
10244 Any partition type GUID can be specified with this parameter
10245 except for the following:
10246
10247 Microsoft Reserved partition:
10248 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215a
10249
10250 LDM Metadata partition on a dynamic disk:
10251 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
10252
10253 LDM Data partition on a dynamic disk:
10254 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
10255
10256 Cluster Metadata partition:
10257 db97dba9-0840-4bae-97f0-ffb9a327c7e1
10258
10259
10260 Other than the limitations mentioned, DiskPart otherwise does
10261 not check the partition type for validity except to ensure that
10262 it is a byte in hexadecimal form or a GUID.
10263
10264 OVERRIDE Enables DiskPart to force the file system on the volume to
10265 dismount before changing the partition type. When changing
10266 the partition type, DiskPart will attempt to lock and dismount
10267 the file system on the volume. If this parameter is not specified,
10268 and the call to lock the file system fails, (because some other
10269 application has an open handle to the volume), the entire
10270 operation will fail. When this parameter is specified, the
10271 dismount is forced even if the call to lock the file system
10272 fails. When a file system is dismounted, all opened handles to
10273 the volume will become invalid.
10274
10275 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
10276 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
10277 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
10278 with an error code.
10279
10280 Intended for Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) use only.
10281
10282 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
10283
10284 Caution:
10285
10286 Changing partition type fields with this parameter might cause your
10287 computer to fail or be unable to start up. Unless you are an OEM or an
10288 IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do not change partition
10289 type fields on GPT disks using this parameter. Instead, always use the
10290 CREATE PARTITION EFI command to create EFI System partitions, the
10291 CREATE PARTITION MSR command to create Microsoft Reserved partitions,
10292 and the CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY command without the ID parameter to
10293 create primary partitions on GPT disks.
10294
10295 This command does not work on dynamic disks nor on Microsoft Reserved
10296 partitions.
10297
10298Example:
10299 SET ID=07 OVERRIDE
10300 SET ID=ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
10301.
10302Language=Albanian
10303 Changes the partition type field for the partition with focus.
10304
10305Syntax: SET ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>} [OVERRIDE] [NOERR]
10306
10307 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
10308
10309 Specifies the new partition type.
10310 For master boot record (MBR) disks, you can specify a partition
10311 type byte, in hexadecimal form, for the partition. Any
10312 partition type byte can be specified with this parameter except
10313 for type 0x42 (LDM partition). Note that the leading '0x' is
10314 omitted when specifying the hexadecimal partition type.
10315
10316 For GUID partition table (GPT) disks you can specify a
10317 partition type GUID for the partition. Recognized GUIDs
10318 include:
10319
10320 EFI System partition:
10321 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
10322
10323 Basic data partition:
10324 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
10325
10326 Any partition type GUID can be specified with this parameter
10327 except for the following:
10328
10329 Microsoft Reserved partition:
10330 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215a
10331
10332 LDM Metadata partition on a dynamic disk:
10333 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
10334
10335 LDM Data partition on a dynamic disk:
10336 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
10337
10338 Cluster Metadata partition:
10339 db97dba9-0840-4bae-97f0-ffb9a327c7e1
10340
10341
10342 Other than the limitations mentioned, DiskPart otherwise does
10343 not check the partition type for validity except to ensure that
10344 it is a byte in hexadecimal form or a GUID.
10345
10346 OVERRIDE Enables DiskPart to force the file system on the volume to
10347 dismount before changing the partition type. When changing
10348 the partition type, DiskPart will attempt to lock and dismount
10349 the file system on the volume. If this parameter is not specified,
10350 and the call to lock the file system fails, (because some other
10351 application has an open handle to the volume), the entire
10352 operation will fail. When this parameter is specified, the
10353 dismount is forced even if the call to lock the file system
10354 fails. When a file system is dismounted, all opened handles to
10355 the volume will become invalid.
10356
10357 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
10358 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
10359 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
10360 with an error code.
10361
10362 Intended for Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) use only.
10363
10364 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
10365
10366 Caution:
10367
10368 Changing partition type fields with this parameter might cause your
10369 computer to fail or be unable to start up. Unless you are an OEM or an
10370 IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do not change partition
10371 type fields on GPT disks using this parameter. Instead, always use the
10372 CREATE PARTITION EFI command to create EFI System partitions, the
10373 CREATE PARTITION MSR command to create Microsoft Reserved partitions,
10374 and the CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY command without the ID parameter to
10375 create primary partitions on GPT disks.
10376
10377 This command does not work on dynamic disks nor on Microsoft Reserved
10378 partitions.
10379
10380Example:
10381 SET ID=07 OVERRIDE
10382 SET ID=ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
10383.
10384Language=Turkish
10385 Changes the partition type field for the partition with focus.
10386
10387Syntax: SET ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>} [OVERRIDE] [NOERR]
10388
10389 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
10390
10391 Specifies the new partition type.
10392 For master boot record (MBR) disks, you can specify a partition
10393 type byte, in hexadecimal form, for the partition. Any
10394 partition type byte can be specified with this parameter except
10395 for type 0x42 (LDM partition). Note that the leading '0x' is
10396 omitted when specifying the hexadecimal partition type.
10397
10398 For GUID partition table (GPT) disks you can specify a
10399 partition type GUID for the partition. Recognized GUIDs
10400 include:
10401
10402 EFI System partition:
10403 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
10404
10405 Basic data partition:
10406 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
10407
10408 Any partition type GUID can be specified with this parameter
10409 except for the following:
10410
10411 Microsoft Reserved partition:
10412 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215a
10413
10414 LDM Metadata partition on a dynamic disk:
10415 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
10416
10417 LDM Data partition on a dynamic disk:
10418 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
10419
10420 Cluster Metadata partition:
10421 db97dba9-0840-4bae-97f0-ffb9a327c7e1
10422
10423
10424 Other than the limitations mentioned, DiskPart otherwise does
10425 not check the partition type for validity except to ensure that
10426 it is a byte in hexadecimal form or a GUID.
10427
10428 OVERRIDE Enables DiskPart to force the file system on the volume to
10429 dismount before changing the partition type. When changing
10430 the partition type, DiskPart will attempt to lock and dismount
10431 the file system on the volume. If this parameter is not specified,
10432 and the call to lock the file system fails, (because some other
10433 application has an open handle to the volume), the entire
10434 operation will fail. When this parameter is specified, the
10435 dismount is forced even if the call to lock the file system
10436 fails. When a file system is dismounted, all opened handles to
10437 the volume will become invalid.
10438
10439 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
10440 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
10441 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
10442 with an error code.
10443
10444 Intended for Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) use only.
10445
10446 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
10447
10448 Caution:
10449
10450 Changing partition type fields with this parameter might cause your
10451 computer to fail or be unable to start up. Unless you are an OEM or an
10452 IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do not change partition
10453 type fields on GPT disks using this parameter. Instead, always use the
10454 CREATE PARTITION EFI command to create EFI System partitions, the
10455 CREATE PARTITION MSR command to create Microsoft Reserved partitions,
10456 and the CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY command without the ID parameter to
10457 create primary partitions on GPT disks.
10458
10459 This command does not work on dynamic disks nor on Microsoft Reserved
10460 partitions.
10461
10462Example:
10463 SET ID=07 OVERRIDE
10464 SET ID=ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
10465.
10466Language=Chinese
10467 Changes the partition type field for the partition with focus.
10468
10469Syntax: SET ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>} [OVERRIDE] [NOERR]
10470
10471 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
10472
10473 Specifies the new partition type.
10474 For master boot record (MBR) disks, you can specify a partition
10475 type byte, in hexadecimal form, for the partition. Any
10476 partition type byte can be specified with this parameter except
10477 for type 0x42 (LDM partition). Note that the leading '0x' is
10478 omitted when specifying the hexadecimal partition type.
10479
10480 For GUID partition table (GPT) disks you can specify a
10481 partition type GUID for the partition. Recognized GUIDs
10482 include:
10483
10484 EFI System partition:
10485 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
10486
10487 Basic data partition:
10488 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
10489
10490 Any partition type GUID can be specified with this parameter
10491 except for the following:
10492
10493 Microsoft Reserved partition:
10494 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215a
10495
10496 LDM Metadata partition on a dynamic disk:
10497 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
10498
10499 LDM Data partition on a dynamic disk:
10500 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
10501
10502 Cluster Metadata partition:
10503 db97dba9-0840-4bae-97f0-ffb9a327c7e1
10504
10505
10506 Other than the limitations mentioned, DiskPart otherwise does
10507 not check the partition type for validity except to ensure that
10508 it is a byte in hexadecimal form or a GUID.
10509
10510 OVERRIDE Enables DiskPart to force the file system on the volume to
10511 dismount before changing the partition type. When changing
10512 the partition type, DiskPart will attempt to lock and dismount
10513 the file system on the volume. If this parameter is not specified,
10514 and the call to lock the file system fails, (because some other
10515 application has an open handle to the volume), the entire
10516 operation will fail. When this parameter is specified, the
10517 dismount is forced even if the call to lock the file system
10518 fails. When a file system is dismounted, all opened handles to
10519 the volume will become invalid.
10520
10521 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
10522 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
10523 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
10524 with an error code.
10525
10526 Intended for Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) use only.
10527
10528 A partition must be selected for this operation to succeed.
10529
10530 Caution:
10531
10532 Changing partition type fields with this parameter might cause your
10533 computer to fail or be unable to start up. Unless you are an OEM or an
10534 IT professional experienced with GPT disks, do not change partition
10535 type fields on GPT disks using this parameter. Instead, always use the
10536 CREATE PARTITION EFI command to create EFI System partitions, the
10537 CREATE PARTITION MSR command to create Microsoft Reserved partitions,
10538 and the CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY command without the ID parameter to
10539 create primary partitions on GPT disks.
10540
10541 This command does not work on dynamic disks nor on Microsoft Reserved
10542 partitions.
10543
10544Example:
10545 SET ID=07 OVERRIDE
10546 SET ID=ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
10547.
10548Language=Taiwanese
10549 更改已選擇的磁碟分割的磁碟分割類型欄位。
10550
10551語法: SET ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>} [OVERRIDE] [NOERR]
10552
10553 ID={<BYTE> | <GUID>}
10554
10555 指定新磁碟分割類型。
10556 對於主開機記錄 (MBR) 磁碟，您可以使用十六進位格式指定該磁碟分割
10557 的磁碟分割類型位元組。您可以使用此參數指定任何磁碟分割類型位元組，
10558 但類型 42 (LDM 磁碟分割) 除外。
10559 請注意，在指定十六進位格式的磁碟分割類型會略過開頭的 '0x'。
10560
10561 對於 GUID 磁碟分割表格 (GPT) 磁碟，您可以為想要建立的磁碟分割
10562 指定磁碟分割類型 GUID。可識別的 GUID 包括:
10563
10564 EFI 系統磁碟分割:
10565 c12a7328-f81f-11d2-ba4b-00a0c93ec93b
10566
10567 基本資料磁碟分割:
10568 ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
10569
10570 您可以使用這個參數指定任何磁碟分割類型 GUID，
10571 但下列磁碟分割類型除外:
10572
10573 Microsoft 保留磁碟分割:
10574 e3c9e316-0b5c-4db8-817d-f92df00215a
10575
10576 動態磁碟上的 LDM 中繼資料磁碟分割:
10577 5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3
10578
10579 動態磁碟上的 LDM 資料磁碟分割:
10580 af9b60a0-1431-4f62-bc68-3311714a69ad
10581
10582 叢集中繼資料磁碟分割:
10583 db97dba9-0840-4bae-97f0-ffb9a327c7e1
10584
10585
10586 除了上述限制之外，DiskPart 不會檢查磁碟分割類型的有效性，
10587 但會確保磁碟分割類型是否為以十六進位格式或 GUID 表示的位元組。
10588
10589 OVERRIDE 讓 DiskPart 在更改磁碟分割類型之前先強制卸載磁碟區上的檔案系統。
10590 更改磁碟分割類型時，DiskPart 會嘗試鎖定並卸載磁碟區上的檔案系統。
10591 若未指定這個參數，而且鎖定檔案系統的呼叫失敗 (因為某些其他
10592 應用程式擁有磁碟區的已開啟控制代碼)，整個操作將會失敗。
10593 指定這個參數時，即使鎖定檔案系統的呼叫失敗，仍會強制執行卸載。
10594 卸載檔案系統之後，磁碟區的所有已開啟控制代碼會變為無效。
10595
10596 NOERR 只限指令碼。當發生錯誤時，DiskPart 會繼續處理命令，
10597 如同沒有發生任何錯誤一樣。如果沒有使用 NOERR 參數，
10598 錯誤會導致 DiskPart 結束，並傳回錯誤碼。
10599
10600 預期只供原始設備製造商 (OEM) 使用。
10601
10602 您必須先選擇磁碟分割，才能完成這個操作。
10603
10604 注意:
10605
10606 使用這個參數更改磁碟分割類型欄位，可能會造成您的電腦失敗或無法啟動。
10607 除非您是熟悉 GPT 磁碟的 OEM 或 IT 專業人員，否則請勿在 GPT 磁碟上
10608 更改磁碟分割類型欄位時使用這個參數。相反地，您應該使用
10609 CREATE PARTITION EFI 命令來建立 EFI 系統磁碟分割、使用
10610 CREATE PARTITION MSR 命令來建立 Microsoft 保留磁碟分割，及使用
10611 CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY 命令 (不使用 ID 參數) 在 GPT 磁碟上
10612 建立主要磁碟分割。
10613
10614 這個命令不適用於動態磁碟或 Microsoft 保留磁碟分割。
10615
10616範例:
10617 SET ID=07 OVERRIDE
10618 SET ID=ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
10619.
10620
10621
10622MessageId=10052
10623SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_SHRINK
10624Severity=Informational
10625Facility=System
10626Language=English
10627<Add SHRINK command help text here>
10628.
10629Language=German
10630<Add SHRINK command help text here>
10631.
10632Language=Polish
10633<Add SHRINK command help text here>
10634.
10635Language=Portugese
10636<Add SHRINK command help text here>
10637.
10638Language=Romanian
10639<Adăugați aici textul de ajutor pentru comanda SHRINK>
10640.
10641Language=Russian
10642<Add SHRINK command help text here>
10643.
10644Language=Albanian
10645<Add SHRINK command help text here>
10646.
10647Language=Turkish
10648<Add SHRINK command help text here>
10649.
10650Language=Chinese
10651<Add SHRINK command help text here>
10652.
10653Language=Taiwanese
10654<Add SHRINK command help text here>
10655.
10656
10657
10658MessageId=10053
10659SymbolicName=MSG_COMMAND_UNIQUEID_DISK
10660Severity=Informational
10661Facility=System
10662Language=English
10663 Displays or sets the GUID partition table (GPT) identifier or master boot
10664 record (MBR) signature for the disk with focus.
10665
10666Syntax: UNIQUEID DISK [ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}] [NOERR]
10667
10668 ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}
10669
10670 For MBR disks, you can specify a four-byte (DWORD) value in
10671 hexadecimal form for the signature.
10672
10673 For GPT disks, specify a GUID for the identifier.
10674
10675 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
10676 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
10677 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
10678 with an error code.
10679
10680 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed. This command works
10681 on basic and dynamic disks.
10682
10683Example:
10684
10685 UNIQUEID DISK
10686 UNIQUEID DISK ID=5f1b2c36
10687 UNIQUEID DISK ID=baf784e7-6bbd-4cfb-aaac-e86c96e166ee
10688.
10689Language=German
10690 Dient zum Anzeigen oder Festlegen des GPT-Bezeichners (GPT =
10691 GUID-Partitionstabelle) oder der MBR-Signatur (Master Boot Record)
10692 für den Datenträger, der den Fokus hat.
10693
10694Syntax: UNIQUEID DISK [ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}] [NOERR]
10695
10696 ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}
10697
10698 Für MBR-Datenträger können Sie einen Wert mit einer
10699 Länge von vier Bytes (DWORD) im Hexadezimalformat für die
10700 Signatur angeben.
10701
10702 Für GPT-Datenträger können Sie einen GUID für den
10703 Bezeichner angeben.
10704
10705 NOERR Nur für Skripting. Wenn ein Fehler auftritt, setzt DiskPart
10706 die Verarbeitung von Befehlen fort, als sei der Fehler nicht
10707 aufgetreten. Ohne den Parameter NOERR wird DiskPart bei
10708 einem Fehler mit dem entsprechenden Fehlercode beendet.
10709
10710 Damit dieser Vorgang erfolgreich ausgeführt werden kann, muss ein
10711 Datenträger ausgewählt sein. Der Befehl kann für Basisdatenträger und
10712 dynamische Datenträger verwendet werden.
10713
10714Beispiel:
10715
10716 UNIQUEID DISK
10717 UNIQUEID DISK ID=5f1b2c36
10718 UNIQUEID DISK ID=baf784e7-6bbd-4cfb-aaac-e86c96e166ee
10719.
10720Language=Polish
10721 Wyświetla lub ustawia identyfikator tabeli partycji GUID (GPT) lub podpis
10722 głównego rekordu rozruchowego (MBR) dla dysku z fokusem.
10723
10724Składnia: UNIQUEID DISK [ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}] [NOERR]
10725
10726 ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}
10727
10728 Dla dysków MBR można określić czterobajtową wartość (DWORD)
10729 podpisu w postaci szesnastkowej.
10730
10731 Dla dysków GPT należy określić ident. GUID jako identyfikator.
10732
10733 NOERR Tylko dla skryptów. W przypadku wystąpienia błędu program
10734 DiskPart kontynuuje przetwarzanie poleceń, tak jakby błąd
10735 nie wystąpił. W przypadku braku parametru NOERR błąd
10736 powoduje zakończenie działania programu DiskPart i zwrócenie
10737 kodu błędu.
10738
10739 Aby ta operacja powiodła się, musi być wybrany dysk. To polecenie działa
10740 dla dysków podstawowych i dynamicznych.
10741
10742Przykład:
10743
10744 UNIQUEID DISK
10745 UNIQUEID DISK ID=5f1b2c36
10746 UNIQUEID DISK ID=baf784e7-6bbd-4cfb-aaac-e86c96e166ee
10747.
10748Language=Portugese
10749 Displays or sets the GUID partition table (GPT) identifier or master boot
10750 record (MBR) signature for the disk with focus.
10751
10752Syntax: UNIQUEID DISK [ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}] [NOERR]
10753
10754 ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}
10755
10756 For MBR disks, you can specify a four-byte (DWORD) value in
10757 hexadecimal form for the signature.
10758
10759 For GPT disks, specify a GUID for the identifier.
10760
10761 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
10762 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
10763 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
10764 with an error code.
10765
10766 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed. This command works
10767 on basic and dynamic disks.
10768
10769Example:
10770
10771 UNIQUEID DISK
10772 UNIQUEID DISK ID=5f1b2c36
10773 UNIQUEID DISK ID=baf784e7-6bbd-4cfb-aaac-e86c96e166ee
10774.
10775Language=Romanian
10776 Afișează sau setează identificatorul tabelului de partiție GUID (GPT) sau
10777 semnătura Registrului principal de inițializare (MBR) pentru discul
10778 în cauză.
10779
10780Sintaxă: UNIQUEID DISK [ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}] [NOERR]
10781
10782 ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}
10783
10784 Pentru discurile MBR, puteți specifica o valoare de patru
10785 octeți (DWORD) formă hexazecimală pentru semnătură.
10786
10787 Pentru discurile GPT, specificați un GUID pentru identificator.
10788
10789 NOERR Doar pentru scriere de fișiere script. Când apare o eroare,
10790 programul DiskPart continuă să proceseze comenzi ca și când
10791 eroarea nu ar fi apărut. Fără parametrul NOERR, o eroare
10792 cauzează programul DiskPart să se închidă cu un cod de eroare.
10793
10794 Un disc trebuie să fie selectat pentru ca această operațiune să reușească.
10795
10796De exemplu:
10797
10798 UNIQUEID DISK
10799 UNIQUEID DISK ID=5f1b2c36
10800 UNIQUEID DISK ID=baf784e7-6bbd-4cfb-aaac-e86c96e166ee
10801.
10802Language=Russian
10803 Displays or sets the GUID partition table (GPT) identifier or master boot
10804 record (MBR) signature for the disk with focus.
10805
10806Syntax: UNIQUEID DISK [ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}] [NOERR]
10807
10808 ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}
10809
10810 For MBR disks, you can specify a four-byte (DWORD) value in
10811 hexadecimal form for the signature.
10812
10813 For GPT disks, specify a GUID for the identifier.
10814
10815 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
10816 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
10817 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
10818 with an error code.
10819
10820 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed. This command works
10821 on basic and dynamic disks.
10822
10823Example:
10824
10825 UNIQUEID DISK
10826 UNIQUEID DISK ID=5f1b2c36
10827 UNIQUEID DISK ID=baf784e7-6bbd-4cfb-aaac-e86c96e166ee
10828.
10829Language=Albanian
10830 Displays or sets the GUID partition table (GPT) identifier or master boot
10831 record (MBR) signature for the disk with focus.
10832
10833Syntax: UNIQUEID DISK [ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}] [NOERR]
10834
10835 ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}
10836
10837 For MBR disks, you can specify a four-byte (DWORD) value in
10838 hexadecimal form for the signature.
10839
10840 For GPT disks, specify a GUID for the identifier.
10841
10842 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
10843 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
10844 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
10845 with an error code.
10846
10847 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed. This command works
10848 on basic and dynamic disks.
10849
10850Example:
10851
10852 UNIQUEID DISK
10853 UNIQUEID DISK ID=5f1b2c36
10854 UNIQUEID DISK ID=baf784e7-6bbd-4cfb-aaac-e86c96e166ee
10855.
10856Language=Turkish
10857 Displays or sets the GUID partition table (GPT) identifier or master boot
10858 record (MBR) signature for the disk with focus.
10859
10860Syntax: UNIQUEID DISK [ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}] [NOERR]
10861
10862 ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}
10863
10864 For MBR disks, you can specify a four-byte (DWORD) value in
10865 hexadecimal form for the signature.
10866
10867 For GPT disks, specify a GUID for the identifier.
10868
10869 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
10870 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
10871 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
10872 with an error code.
10873
10874 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed. This command works
10875 on basic and dynamic disks.
10876
10877Example:
10878
10879 UNIQUEID DISK
10880 UNIQUEID DISK ID=5f1b2c36
10881 UNIQUEID DISK ID=baf784e7-6bbd-4cfb-aaac-e86c96e166ee
10882.
10883Language=Chinese
10884 Displays or sets the GUID partition table (GPT) identifier or master boot
10885 record (MBR) signature for the disk with focus.
10886
10887Syntax: UNIQUEID DISK [ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}] [NOERR]
10888
10889 ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}
10890
10891 For MBR disks, you can specify a four-byte (DWORD) value in
10892 hexadecimal form for the signature.
10893
10894 For GPT disks, specify a GUID for the identifier.
10895
10896 NOERR For scripting only. When an error is encountered, DiskPart
10897 continues to process commands as if the error did not occur.
10898 Without the NOERR parameter, an error causes DiskPart to exit
10899 with an error code.
10900
10901 A disk must be selected for this operation to succeed. This command works
10902 on basic and dynamic disks.
10903
10904Example:
10905
10906 UNIQUEID DISK
10907 UNIQUEID DISK ID=5f1b2c36
10908 UNIQUEID DISK ID=baf784e7-6bbd-4cfb-aaac-e86c96e166ee
10909.
10910Language=Taiwanese
10911 顯示或設定焦點所在磁碟的 GUID 磁碟分割表格 (GPT) 識別碼
10912 或主開機記錄 (MBR) 簽章。
10913
10914語法: UNIQUEID DISK [ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}] [NOERR]
10915
10916 ID={<DWORD> | <GUID>}
10917
10918 在主開機記錄 (MBR) 磁碟上，您可以對簽章指定十六進位形式的
10919 四位元組 (DWORD) 值。
10920
10921 在 GUID 磁碟分割表格 (GPT) 磁碟上，指定識別元的 GUID。
10922
10923 NOERR 只限指令碼。當發生錯誤時，DiskPart 會繼續處理命令，
10924 如同沒有發生任何錯誤一樣。如果沒有使用 NOERR 參數，
10925 錯誤會導致 DiskPart 結束，並傳回錯誤碼。
10926
10927 您必須先選擇一個磁碟，才能完成這個操作。這個命令適用於基本磁碟及
10928 動態磁碟。
10929
10930範例:
10931
10932 UNIQUEID DISK
10933 UNIQUEID DISK ID=5f1b2c36
10934 UNIQUEID DISK ID=baf784e7-6bbd-4cfb-aaac-e86c96e166ee
10935.